Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 334

CIBANO 500 PTM

User Manual
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Manual Version: ENU 1007 05 09


© OMICRON electronics GmbH 2020. All rights reserved.
This manual is a publication of OMICRON electronics GmbH.
All rights including translation reserved. Reproduction of any kind, for example, photocopying,
microfilming, optical character recognition and/or storage in electronic data processing systems,
requires the explicit consent of OMICRON. Reprinting, wholly or in part, is not permitted.
The product information, specifications, and technical data embodied in this manual represent the
technical status at the time of writing and are subject to change without prior notice.
We have done our best to ensure that the information given in this manual is useful, accurate and entirely
reliable. However, OMICRON does not assume responsibility for any inaccuracies which may be
present.
The user is responsible for every application that makes use of an OMICRON product.
OMICRON translates this manual from the source language English into a number of other languages.
Any translation of this manual is done for local requirements, and in the event of a dispute between the
English and a non-English version, the English version of this manual shall govern.

2 OMICRON
Contents

Contents
About this manual 8
Safety symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1 Safety instructions 9
1.1 Operator qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2 Safety standards and rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.1 Safety standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.2 Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.2.3 Safety accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.3 Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.4 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.5 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.5.1 Test equipment integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.5.2 CIBANO 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.5.3 Obey the work area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.5.4 De-energize the switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.5.5 Measurement setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.5.6 Perform tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.6 Orderly measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.7 Disclaimer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.8 Compliance statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.9 Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2 System requirements 15
3 Introduction 16
3.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Connections and operating controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2.1 Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.2.2 Side panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2.3 Status lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.4 Emergency Stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3 Primary Test Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.4 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4 Functional scheme 22
4.1 Voltage operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.2 Current operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5 Installation 28
5.1 Connect CIBANO 500 to the computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.2 Power up CIBANO 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.3 Install Primary Test Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.4 Start Primary Test Manager and connect to CIBANO 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.4.1 Upgrade the CIBANO 500 embedded software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.4.2 Upgrade the CIBANO 500 firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.4.3 Open the device web interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5.5 Connect CIBANO 500 to the test object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6 Home view 33
6.1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.2 Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.3 Send data to Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.4 About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.5 Manage connection to the test system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

OMICRON 3
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.6 Synchronize data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


6.6.1 Server settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.6.2 Managing subscriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.6.3 Database synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.7 Import data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6.8 Back up and restore data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6.9 Status bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7 Create new guided jobs 50
7.1 Guided test workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.2 Job overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.2.1 Job data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.2.2 Approving jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.2.3 Assessment summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.2.4 Managing attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.3 Location view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.3.1 Location data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7.3.2 Setting the geo coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.3.3 Managing attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.4 Asset view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.4.1 General asset data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.4.2 Managing attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.4.3 Circuit breaker view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.5 Test view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.5.1 Select tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7.5.2 Group tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7.5.3 General test settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.5.4 Import tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7.5.5 Perform tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7.5.6 Process templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7.5.7 Offline hardware configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
8 Create new manual jobs 72
8.1 Add tests to a job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8.2 Process tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
9 Open jobs 76
10 Manage objects 77
10.1 Search for objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
10.2 Perform operations on objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
10.3 Understanding the master locations and assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
10.4 Duplicate assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
10.5 Relocate assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
10.6 Export and import jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
11 Control tests 85
11.1 Test control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
11.2 Checking the circuit breaker state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
12 Display measurement results 87
12.1 Cursor and graphical display options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
12.2 Graphical comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
13 Generate test reports 93
13.1 Setting the report data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
13.2 Generating test reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
13.2.1 Standard test reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
13.2.2 Customized Excel reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

4 OMICRON
Contents

13.2.3 Designing the Excel report templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


13.3 Adding reports from file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
14 Circuit Breaker Testing Library 97
14.1 Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
14.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
14.3 Updating the CBTL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
14.4 Customizing the CBTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
14.5 Working with the CBTL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
15 Circuit breaker data 101
15.1 Operating mechanism data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
15.2 Bushing data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
15.3 Assessment limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
15.3.1 Absolute assessment limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
15.3.2 Relative assessment limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
15.4 Velocity zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
16 Spare bushing data 116
17 Off-service diagnostic methods 118
17.1 Testing medium-voltage circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
17.1.1 Safety precautions in the substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
17.1.2 Test set and software startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
17.1.3 Test group execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
17.1.4 Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
17.1.5 Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
17.1.6 Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
17.1.7 Dynamic Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
17.1.8 Minimum Pickup test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
17.1.9 Motor Current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
17.1.10 Insulation Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
17.1.11 Testing with external power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
17.1.12 Continuous power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
17.2 Testing high-voltage circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
17.2.1 Safety precautions in the substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
17.2.2 Test set and software startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
17.2.3 Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2 modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
17.2.4 Test group execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
17.2.5 Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
17.2.6 Timing test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
17.2.7 Dynamic Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
17.2.8 Minimum Pickup test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
17.2.9 Motor Current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
17.2.10 Testing with external power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
17.2.11 Continuous power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
17.3 Testing gas insulated switchgears with both sides grounded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
17.3.1 Safety precautions in the substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
17.3.2 Gas insulated switchgears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
17.3.3 Test set and software startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
17.3.4 Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
17.3.5 Timing (CSM) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
17.3.6 Minimum Pickup test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
17.3.7 Motor Current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
17.4 Demagnetization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
17.5 Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB TN3 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
17.5.1 Timing test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
17.5.2 Dynamic Contact Resistance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

OMICRON 5
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

18 In-service diagnostic methods 267


18.1 Timing (VTM) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
18.2 First Trip test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
19 Transducers 282
19.1 Angular transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
19.1.1 Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
19.1.2 Installation and measurement setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
19.1.3 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
19.2 Linear transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
19.2.1 Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
19.2.2 Installation and measurement setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
19.2.3 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
19.3 Transducer for the ABB HMB driving mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
19.3.1 Installation and measurement setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
19.3.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
20 Troubleshooting 295
20.1 Connecting to CIBANO 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
20.2 Firewall configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
20.2.1 Windows firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
20.2.2 Third-party firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
20.2.3 Manual firewall configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
20.3 CIBANO 500 does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
20.4 Hardware self-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
20.5 Changing the hardware configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
20.6 Upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
21 Technical data 301
21.1 Calibration interval of CIBANO 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
21.2 CIBANO 500 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
21.3 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
21.3.1 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
21.3.2 EtherCAT® interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
21.3.3 Auxiliary module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
21.4 SAFETY connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
21.4.1 Using the safety accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
21.4.2 SAFETY 1 and SAFETY 2 connector pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
21.4.3 External START button connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
21.4.4 Safety connector dongle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
21.5 Power supply specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
21.6 Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
21.7 Mechanical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
21.8 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
22 Accessories 312
22.1 CB MC2 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
22.1.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
22.1.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
22.2 CB TN3 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
22.2.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
22.2.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
22.3 IOB1 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
22.3.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
22.3.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
22.4 EHB1 EtherCAT® hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
22.4.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

6 OMICRON
Contents

22.4.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329


22.5 Current sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
22.5.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
22.5.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
23 Software license information 332
23.1 Manage OMICRON licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
23.2 Upload a license file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
23.3 Read the open source licensing information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Support 333

OMICRON 7
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

About this manual


This User Manual provides information on how to use the CIBANO 500 test system safely, properly and
efficiently. The CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual contains important safety instructions for working with
CIBANO 500 and gets you familiar with operating CIBANO 500. Following the instructions in this User
Manual will help you to prevent danger, repair costs, and avoid possible down time due to incorrect
operation.
The CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual always has to be available on the site where CIBANO 500 is used.
The users of CIBANO 500 must read this manual before operating CIBANO 500 and observe the safety,
installation, and operation instructions therein.
Reading the CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual alone does not release you from the duty to comply with
all national and international safety regulations relevant to working on high-voltage equipment.

Safety symbols used


In this manual, the following symbols indicate safety instructions for avoiding hazards.

DANGER
Death or severe injury will occur if the appropriate safety instructions are not observed.

WARNING
Death or severe injury can occur if the appropriate safety instructions are not observed.

CAUTION
Minor or moderate injury may occur if the appropriate safety instructions are not observed.

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible

8 OMICRON
Safety instructions

1 Safety instructions
1.1 Operator qualifications
Working on high-voltage assets can be extremely dangerous. Only authorized personnel who are
qualified, skilled and regularly trained in electrical engineering are allowed to operate CIBANO 500 and
its accessories. Before starting to work, clearly establish the responsibilities.
Personnel receiving training, instructions, directions, or education on CIBANO 500 must be under
constant supervision of an experienced operator while working with the equipment. The supervising
operator must be familiar with the equipment and the regulations on site. The operator is responsible for
the safety requirements during the whole test.
Maintenance and repair of CIBANO 500 and its accessories is only permitted by qualified experts at
OMICRON service centers except for hardware update options delivered with the relevant
Supplementary Sheet.

1.2 Safety standards and rules


1.2.1 Safety standards
Testing with CIBANO 500 must comply with the internal safety instructions and additional safety-relevant
documents.
In addition, observe the following safety standards, if applicable:
• EN 50191 (VDE 0104) "Erection and Operation of Electrical Test Equipment"
• EN 50110-1 (VDE 0105 Part 100) "Operation of Electrical Installations"
• IEEE 510 "IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power Testing"
Moreover, observe all applicable regulations for accident prevention in the country and at the site of
operation.
Before operating CIBANO 500 and its accessories, read the safety instructions in this User Manual
carefully.
Do not turn on CIBANO 500 and do not operate CIBANO 500 without understanding the safety
information in this manual. If you do not understand some safety instructions, contact OMICRON before
proceeding.
Maintenance and repair of CIBANO 500 and its accessories is only permitted by qualified experts at
OMICRON service centers (see "Support" on page 333).

1.2.2 Safety rules


Always observe the five safety rules:
► Disconnect completely.
► Secure against re-connection.
► Verify that the installation is dead.
► Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
► Provide protection against adjacent live parts.

OMICRON 9
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

1.2.3 Safety accessories


OMICRON offers a range of accessories for added safety during the operation of our test systems. For
further information and specifications, refer to the corresponding Supplementary Sheet or contact
OMICRON Support.

1.3 Grounding
Operating the device without PE and ground connection is life-threatening and not permitted.
► Only operate CIBANO 500 with a mains power supply connected to protective earth (PE).
► Make sure that both the PE connection of the power supply and the ground connector of CIBANO 500
have a solid and low-impedance connection to the grounding system on site.
This also applies to all other test devices and accessories in the test setup.
► Make sure that the grounding clamp has a good electrical contact to the grounding system on site
and avoid connecting it to corroded or painted surfaces.
► Make sure that the grounding terminal connections of all grounded devices in use remain intact
during the whole measurement procedure, and are not accidentally disconnected.
► Only use ground and supply cables provided by OMICRON.

Connect the CIBANO 500 grounding terminal to the grounding system on site.

1.4 Power supply


Operating CIBANO 500 without PE and ground connection is life-threatening and not permitted.
► Only operate CIBANO 500 with a mains power supply connected to protective earth (PE).

Power supply from grounded grids (TN/TT)


Before a measurement is started, CIBANO 500 automatically verifies the PE connection in grounded
grids (TN/TT).
► If this check fails, check the power cord and power supply.
If the error message persists, there is no intact connection to protective earth (PE).
This is life-threatening. In this case measurements are not permitted and cannot be performed.

10 OMICRON
Safety instructions

Power supply from isolated grids (IT)


An IT grid is a grid structure where none of the active conductors are galvanically connected to ground.
In an IT grid, only the PE is connected to ground.
In IT grids the check fails – even if there is a PE connection. This can be the case when CIBANO 500 is
powered by a generator. Since every operation mandates a PE connection, you need to manually verify
this.
If CIBANO 500 is supplied by a generator, the equipotential ground or PE of the generator has to be
grounded properly.
► If this is not possible, measurements are not permitted and cannot be performed.

Additional information
Instead of supplying CIBANO 500 from phase-neutral (L1-N, A-N), it may also be supplied from phase-
phase (for example, L1-L2; A-B).
► Make sure that the voltage does not exceed 240V AC.
► Make sure that the power supply is fuse-protected (16 A automatic circuit breaker).
► Do not use an extension cable on a cable reel to prevent an overheating of the cord; run out the
extension cord.
► Keep extension cables as short as possible to prevent power loss.

1.5 Operation
When operating the CIBANO 500 test system and its accessories, observe the following safety
instructions.

1.5.1 Test equipment integrity


► Do not modify, extend, or adapt CIBANO 500 and its accessories.
► Use only the CIBANO 500 original accessories and cables and only use the OMICRON accessories
together with OMICRON devices as described in this manual.
► Operate CIBANO 500 and its accessories only under ambient conditions specified in "Technical data"
in the CIBANO 500 User Manual.

1.5.2 CIBANO 500


► Use only adequately rated power cords.
► Supply CIBANO 500 only from a power outlet with protective earth (PE).
► To run CIBANO 500 at the maximum power level, we recommend mains overcurrent protection with
a 16 A automatic circuit breaker.
► Position the measurement setup so that you can easily disconnect CIBANO 500 from mains.
► Do not use extension cables on a cable reel to prevent overheating of the cord. Instead, run out the
extension cord.
► Do not operate CIBANO 500 without a solid connection to ground of at least 6 mm2 cross-section.
Ground CIBANO 500 as close as possible to the operator.

OMICRON 11
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

► The voltage/current indicator on the side panel of CIBANO 500 (see 3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18)
indicates dangerous voltage on one of the CIBANO 500 sockets, either from an internal source or
from an external one, for example, from the station battery.
► After booting CIBANO 500 either the red or the green status light on the front panel should be on. If
after booting both status lights are on or off, CIBANO 500 might be defective. In this case, do not use
CIBANO 500 and contact your regional OMICRON service center.
► Do not operate CIBANO 500 and its accessories in the presence of explosives, dangerous gases or
vapors.
► Use CIBANO 500 and its accessories only in a technically sound condition.
► Make sure the use of CIBANO 500 is in accordance with the regulations on site and the designated
use described in this document.
► Comply with the workflows described in this document. Avoid interruptions or distractions that could
affect safety.
► If CIBANO 500 or its accessories do not seem to function properly, stop using them and contact your
regional OMICRON service center.

1.5.3 Obey the work area

EHB1

CB MC2 CB MC2
0…300 V DC,
0…240 V AC
CB MC2 outputs

CB TN3 Test object

IOB1
CIBANO 500
Distance:
min. 1.5 m/5 ft

High-voltage Height:
Work area test area min. 1 m/3.3 ft

Figure 1-1: Example of the separation of the work and high-voltage test areas

► Always stay in the work area during test.


► Prior operation make sure that the test equipment is not mounted within the motion path of the circuit
breaker. If needed, perform an operation prior mounting of test equipment (for example, motion
sensors).
► For defining the appropriate high-voltage test area, consider any potential falling equipment (for
example, the CB MC2 modules or clamps) as well as wrong connected motion equipment.
► Position the test equipment on dry and solid surface.

12 OMICRON
Safety instructions

1.5.4 De-energize the switchgear


► Identify your test object and make sure that you are using the corresponding wiring diagram.
► Disable any charging mechanism (for example, the motor).
► Ensure that the control circuit of the circuit breaker is de-energized (for example, the spring is
discharged).
► Make sure that the circuit breaker cannot be tripped or closed remotely and locally (for example, use
manual controls or distance orders).
► If you have to make connections to the auxiliary circuit (for example, to the trip or close coils):
► Switch off or disconnect the test object from the station supply.
► Apply the five safety rules.
► Use terminal adapters to connect the test leads.
► Only if required for testing, turn the supply back on.

1.5.5 Measurement setup


► Only use test leads and tools which provide full protection against direct contact.
► Make sure that grounding is applied as described in 1.3 "Grounding" on page 10.
► Connect the test leads of communication cables first to the grounded device before unreeling.
► Keep the unreeled cables close to the ground.
► Always insert connectors completely and use the interlock mechanism.
► Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel while connecting the test leads
to the test object.
► Always insert connectors completely and use the interlock mechanism.
► Do not insert objects (for example, screwdrivers) into any input/output socket.

1.5.6 Perform tests


► Stay in the work area during test.
► Make sure that nobody is within the high-voltage test area.
► Warn people prior any operation to make them aware of any possible disturbances.

1.6 Orderly measures


The CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual or alternatively the e-book has always to be available on the site
where CIBANO 500 is operated.
The users of CIBANO 500 must read this manual before operating CIBANO 500 and observe the safety,
installation, and operation instructions therein.
CIBANO 500 and its accessories may only be used in accordance with the user documentation
(including but not limited to User Manuals, Reference Manuals, Getting Started manuals and
manufacturer manuals). The manufacturer and the distributor are not liable for damage resulting from
improper usage.

OMICRON 13
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Opening CIBANO 500 or its accessories without authorization invalidates all warranty claims. Any kind
of maintenance, calibration or repair on the device itself may only be carried out by persons authorized
by OMICRON.

1.7 Disclaimer
If the equipment is used in a manner not described in the user documentation, the protection provided
by the equipment may be impaired.

1.8 Compliance statement


Declaration of conformity (EU)
The equipment adheres to the guidelines of the council of the European Community for meeting the
requirements of the member states regarding the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) directive, the low
voltage directive (LVD) and the RoHS directive.

FCC compliance (USA)


This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.

Declaration of compliance (Canada)


This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

1.9 Recycling
This test set (including all accessories) is not intended for household use. At
the end of its service life, do not dispose of the test set with household waste!
For customers in EU countries (incl. European Economic Area)
OMICRON test sets are subject to the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment Directive 2012/19/EU (WEEE directive). As part of our legal obligations
under this legislation, OMICRON offers to take back the test set and ensure that it is
disposed of by authorized recycling agents.
For customers outside the European Economic Area
Please contact the authorities in charge for the relevant environmental regulations in
your country and dispose the OMICRON test set only in accordance with your local
legal requirements.

14 OMICRON
System requirements

2 System requirements
Table 2-1: Primary Test Manager system requirements

Characteristic Requirement (*recommended)


Operating system Windows 10 64-bit*
Windows 8.1 64-bit*,
Windows 8 64-bit*,
Windows 7 SP1 64-bit* and 32-bit
CPU Multicore system with 2 GHz or faster*,
single-core system with 2 GHz or faster
RAM min. 4 GB (8 GB*)
Hard disk min. 5 GB of available space
Storage device DVD-ROM drive
Graphics adapter Super VGA (1280×768) or higher-resolution video adapter and monitor1
Interface Ethernet NIC2,
USB 2.03
Installed software4 Microsoft Office 2016*, Office 2013, Office 2010, Office 2007

1. We recommend graphics adapter supporting Microsoft DirectX 9.0 or later.


2. For testing with TESTRANO 600, CPC 100 and CIBANO 500. NIC = Network Interface Card.TESTRANO 600, CPC 100 and
CIBANO 500 can be connected with RJ-45 connectors either directly to the computer or to the local network, for example, by
using an Ethernet hub.
3. For testing with FRANEO 800
4. Installed software required for the optional Microsoft Office interface functions

OMICRON 15
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3 Introduction
3.1 Designated use
CIBANO 500, in conjunction with its accessories or as stand-alone unit, is a test system for
commissioning and maintenance of circuit breakers. The following tests can be performed using
CIBANO 500 according to IEC and ANSI standards:
• Main contact resistance measurement (µΩ meter)
• Minimum pick-up voltage measurement of trip and close coils
• Motor current and voltage
• Main and resistive contact timing measurement
• Sending trip and close commands to perform different operations:
– Open (O)
– Close (C)
– Reclose (OC)
– Trip-free (CO)
– Autoreclose (O-CO)
– CO-CO
– O-CO-CO
• Main contact dynamic resistance measurement enabling users to perform the operations listed earlier
in this section
• Along with timing and dynamic resistance measurements, the following measurements can be
included:
– Trip and close coil current and voltage
– Test of under voltage trip function
– Main contact travel
CIBANO 500 operates only when connected to an external computer through an Ethernet connection.
By using the Primary Test Manager software, you can define, parametrize, and execute various, partly
automated tests.

3.2 Connections and operating controls


CIBANO 500 is available with two interface modules:
• EtherCAT®1 module providing 4×EtherCAT® interfaces
• Auxiliary module providing 1×EtherCAT®, 3×AUX interfaces
The following figures describe the connections and operating controls of CIBANO 500.

1. EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.

16 OMICRON
Introduction

3.2.1 Front panel


Emergency Stop button
Press the button to immediately shut
off all current and voltage outputs.
See 3.2.4 "Emergency Stop button"
on page 20

Start/Stop button
Press the button to enable the
Status lights indicating possible hazardous CIBANO 500 outputs and start a
voltage and/or current levels at the measurement.
CIBANO 500 outputs Press the button once more to stop
See Table 3-1: "Status lights" on page 20. the measurement.

Figure 3-1: Front view of CIBANO 500

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not cover the status lights (for example, with a computer) since the status lights indicate
possible hazards.
► Always observe the status lights while working with CIBANO 500.

OMICRON 17
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3.2.2 Side panel


A - OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V) Voltage/current indicator
Configurable output/input (A) See Table 3-1: "Status lights"
Output: AC or DC voltage or current on page 20.
Input: analog or binary

B - OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V) V IN (CAT III / 300 V)


Configurable output/input (B) Analog voltage input/
Output: AC or DC voltage or current external supply input Equipotential
Input: analog ground terminal

EXT. BOOSTER
Do not connect.
No functionality
implemented.

EXTERNAL MODULES
4×EtherCAT® interface
RJ-45 sockets for
connecting external
EtherCAT® slaves to
CIBANO 500

LEDs indicating the


EtherCAT®
communication state

Resetable mains Mains power socket


Power switch overcurrent one-phase,
protection 100 V…240 V AC,
50/60Hz

SAFETY SERIAL NETWORK


For connecting the safety Do not connect. RJ-45 socket for connecting
connection dongles or the No functionality CIBANO 500 to the computer
3-Position Remote Safety Switch implemented.

Figure 3-2: Side view of CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module

18 OMICRON
Introduction

A - OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V) Voltage/current indicator


Configurable output/input (A) See Table 3-1: "Status lights"
Output: AC or DC voltage or current on page 20.
Input: analog or binary

B - OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V) V IN (CAT III / 300 V)


Configurable output/input (B) Analog voltage input/
Output: AC or DC voltage or current external supply input Equipotential
Input: analog ground terminal

EXT. BOOSTER
Do not connect.
No functionality
implemented.

EXTERNAL MODULES
1×EtherCAT® interface
RJ-45 socket for
connecting external
EtherCAT® slave to
CIBANO 500

LEDs indicating the


EtherCAT®
communication state

C - INPUT
(CAT III / 300 V)
3×voltage inputs for
auxiliary contacts
Resetable mains Mains power socket
Power switch overcurrent one-phase,
protection 100 V…240 V AC,
50/60Hz

SAFETY SERIAL NETWORK


For connecting the safety Do not connect. RJ-45 socket for connecting
connection dongles or the No functionality CIBANO 500 to the computer
3-Position Remote Safety Switch implemented.

Figure 3-3: Side view of CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module

OMICRON 19
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3.2.3 Status lights


CIBANO 500 provides the following status lights to indicate operating condition.

Table 3-1: Status lights

Status Description CIBANO 500 state Operating condition


light
Green light on the front CIBANO 500 is up and No voltage/current output from
panel is on. running in the stand-by CIBANO 500. Obey the
mode. voltage/current indicator on the side
panel for external hazardous voltage
levels.
Blue ring on the A test is prepared and
Start/Stop button is on. ready to start.

Blue ring on the A test is starting.


Start/Stop button is Possibly there are
flashing. hazardous voltage Dangerous operating
and/or current levels at condition
the CIBANO 500
outputs.
Red light on the front A test is running.
panel is flashing. Possibly there are
hazardous voltage Dangerous operating
and/or current levels at condition
the CIBANO 500
outputs.
Voltage/current There are hazardous
indicator on the side voltage levels (> 42 V)
panel is flashing. at the CIBANO 500 Dangerous operating
inputs/outputs condition
independent of the
measurement state.

3.2.4 Emergency Stop button


Pressing the Emergency Stop button immediately shuts off all CIBANO 500 outputs and stops the
running measurement. After pressing the Emergency Stop button, Primary Test Manager does not
allow starting a measurement.
To restart the measurement after the reason for the emergency stop has been resolved, release the
Emergency Stop button by carefully turning it, click the Start button in Primary Test Manager, and then
press the Start/Stop button.
For information about the CIBANO 500 accessories, see "Accessories" in the CIBANO 500 PTM User
Manual.

20 OMICRON
Introduction

3.3 Primary Test Manager


Primary Test Manager is a control software for testing high-voltage assets with OMICRON test systems.
Primary Test Manager provides a computer interface to the test set and assists you with the hardware
configuration and test assessment.
With Primary Test Manager, you can manage locations, assets, jobs and reports, create new jobs, open
jobs, and perform tests. For a specified test, you can make measurements by just pressing the
Start/Stop button on the front panel of the CIBANO 500 test system. After you have performed a test,
you can generate exhaustive test reports. Primary Test Manager runs on a computer and communicates
with CIBANO 500 through Ethernet interface.
For detailed information about Primary Test Manager, see the relevant chapters in the CIBANO 500
PTM User Manual.

3.4 Cleaning

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not clean the CIBANO 500 test set when connected to the test object.
► Before cleaning CIBANO 500 and its accessories, always disconnect the test object,
accessories and connection cables.
To clean CIBANO 500 and its accessories, use a cloth dampened with isopropanol alcohol.

OMICRON 21
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4 Functional scheme

AN

BN
EN

VN
PE

A1
A2
A3

B1
B2
B3

B4
E1

V1
External Voltage
I/O A I/O B
booster input

4×U
3×U

1×U
Command switches and current

Analog-to-digital
measurement
Switch matrix

converter
3×I
Switch mode amplifiers

Control unit
III
II
I

Embedded
Power supply Communication interfaces
computer
I1

I2

I3

I4
PE
L

Figure 4-1: CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module

22 OMICRON
Functional scheme

The following table describes the terminals of the functional scheme of CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT®
module.

Table 4-1: Terminals of CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module

Terminal Description
Mains interface
L Mains phase
N Mains neutral
PE Equipotential ground
Communication interfaces
I1 4 × external EtherCAT® modules
I2 1 × Ethernet
I3 1 × serial
I4 2 × safety
External booster
E1 External booster phase
EN External booster neutral
PE Equipotential ground
I/O A
A1 Input/output A1
A2 Input/output A2
A3 Input/output A3
AN Input/output AN
I/O B
B1 Input/output B1
B2 Input/output B2
B3 Input/output B3
BN Input/output BN
B4 Input/output B4
Voltage input
V1 Voltage input 1
VN Voltage input N

OMICRON 23
24
I E1
L EN

booster
External
PE
N II

Power supply
PE III Switch matrix A1
A2
Switch mode amplifiers
I/O A

A3
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

AN
I1

I2
B1
I3 B2
B3

Figure 4-2: CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module


I/O B

I4 BN
Command switches and current B4

Communication interfaces
measurement

Control unit
3×I 3×U

4×U V1
Analog-to-digital
input

converter
Voltage

1×U VN

computer
Embedded
C1

Analog-to-digital C2
Control unit 3×U
converter C3
inputs
Voltage

CN

OMICRON
Functional scheme

The following table describes the terminals of the functional scheme of CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary
module.

Table 4-2: Terminals of CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module

Terminal Description
Mains interface
L Mains phase
N Mains neutral
PE Equipotential ground
Communication interfaces
I1 1 × external EtherCAT® module
I2 1 × Ethernet
I3 1 × serial
I4 2 × safety
External booster
E1 External booster phase
EN External booster neutral
PE Equipotential ground
I/O A
A1 Input/output A1
A2 Input/output A2
A3 Input/output A3
AN Input/output AN
I/O B
B1 Input/output B1
B2 Input/output B2
B3 Input/output B3
BN Input/output BN
B4 Input/output B4
Voltage inputs
C1 Voltage input C1
C2 Voltage input C2
C3 Voltage input C3
CN Voltage input CN
Voltage input
V1 Voltage input 1
VN Voltage input N

OMICRON 25
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4.1 Voltage operating mode


The following figure explains the CIBANO 500 voltage operating mode.

High-range
voltage mode
Half current Double current
double voltage half voltage
Low-range
voltage mode

Input matrix 2×3 (Each of the three


outputs is connected to either an
internal amplifier or external source.)

Output matrix 3×7 (Each of the three


inputs is routed to only one of the
seven outputs.)

Figure 4-3: The CIBANO 500 voltage operating mode

Figure 4-3: "The CIBANO 500 voltage operating mode" shows the switching of the internal amplifiers in
the voltage operating mode. In this case seven channels are available: A1…A3 and B1…B4. Three
channels of these seven channels can be used synchronously but all either of the section A or the
section B. You cannot use the outputs of both sections at the same time but only sequentially, one after
each other.
The driving source of the channel can be either the internal amplifiers or an external source connected
to the V IN input of CIBANO 500. Depending on the settings of the firmware the amplifier matrix in Figure
4-3 connects inputs of the IGBTs (integrated gate bipolar transistors) to either the internal amplifier or
the external source. The socket matrix then routes the output of each of the three IGBTs to the seven
channels on the CIBANO 500 side panel. To apply a voltage to a socket the corresponding IGBT is
closed.
Note: There is a certain voltage drop across the IGBTs which is not controlled by the source due to the
design related issues of the device.

26 OMICRON
Functional scheme

In comparison to the current operating mode (see 4.2 "Current operating mode" later in this chapter) in
which you can select three individual amplifiers the voltage operating mode provides only one single
amplifier composed of six amplifiers. Consequently, you cannot apply two different voltages at the same
time but only sequentially. In the voltage operating mode, two modes are available: the high-range
voltage mode and the low-range voltage mode. For the output data of the voltage operating mode, see
21.2 "CIBANO 500 specifications" on page 301.
The current measurement is performed in series to each IGBT. The voltage is measured for each output
individually.

4.2 Current operating mode


The following figure explains the CIBANO 500 current operating mode.

High-range
current
mode
Half voltage Double
double voltage half
current current
Low-range
current
mode

Figure 4-4: The CIBANO 500 current operating mode

Figure 4-4: "The CIBANO 500 current operating mode" shows the switching of the internal amplifiers in
the current operating mode. In this case three independent current channels are available: A1, A2 and
A3. These channels are driven by the amplifiers Amp X, Amp Y and Amp Z. The sockets B1, B2 and B3
are connected to the same potential, in this case to the neutral potential of the channels A1, A2 and A3.
In the current operating mode, two modes are available: the high-range current mode and the low-range
current mode. Each channel is equipped with two amplifiers giving a total of six amplifiers which can
either be switched in parallel (high-current mode) or in series (low-current mode). For the output data of
the current operating mode, see 21.2 "CIBANO 500 specifications" on page 301.

OMICRON 27
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5 Installation
This section describes how to put the CIBANO 500 test system into operation. The CIBANO 500
operation is controlled by the Primary Test Manager software. Consequently, before operating
CIBANO 500, you must install Primary Test Manager and connect CIBANO 500 to a computer.

5.1 Connect CIBANO 500 to the computer


CIBANO 500 communicates with the computer through Ethernet interface. To connect CIBANO 500 to
the computer:
1. Connect the delivered Ethernet cable to the NETWORK socket on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
2. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet connector of your computer.
3. Check whether the safety dongels shipped with CIBANO 500 are plugged in and locked in the
SAFETY connectors on the side panel (see 3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18).

5.2 Power up CIBANO 500


To power up CIBANO 500:
1. Connect the equipotential ground terminal of CIBANO 500 (see 3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18) to
ground as close as possible to the operator.
2. Plug the power cable into the power socket on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
3. Plug the mains plug of the power cable into the power outlet.
4. Press the power switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.

5.3 Install Primary Test Manager


For the minimum requirements your computer needs to run Primary Test Manager, see 2 "System
requirements" on page 15.
► To install Primary Test Manager, put the delivered Primary Test Manager DVD in the DVD drive of
your computer and follow the instructions on the screen.

5.4 Start Primary Test Manager and connect to


CIBANO 500
► To start Primary Test Manager, click the Start button on the taskbar, and then click
OMICRON Primary Test Manager, or double-click the Primary Test Manager icon on the
desktop.

28 OMICRON
Installation

► To connect to CIBANO 500, select the device from the list, and then click Connect.

Figure 5-1: Connecting to CIBANO 500

If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.
If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as described in "Troubleshooting" in the CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual.
Alternatively, you can manage the connection to CIBANO 500 in the Primary Test Manager status bar
(see "Status bar" in the CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual).
There is embedded software and firmware in CIBANO 500 and firmware in each of the CB MC2, CB TN3
and IOB1 modules. The embedded software upgrade requires a special procedure, all other upgrades
can be done during normal operation.

5.4.1 Upgrade the CIBANO 500 embedded software


The CIBANO 500 embedded software must be compatible with Primary Test Manager. You can upgrade
the CIBANO 500 embedded software in the Primary Test Manager home view (see "Home view" in the
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual).
► To upgrade the CIBANO 500 embedded software, select the device you want to upgrade from the
list, and then click Connect. Primary Test Manager will prompt you to upgrade the CIBANO 500
embedded software, if necessary.
Alternatively, you can proceed as follows:
1. In the home view, select the device you want to upgrade from the list.
2. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Update device software.
3. In the Select CIBANO upgrade image dialog box, double-click the embeddedImage.tar file.
If you encounter problems when upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software, proceed as described
in "Troubleshooting" in the CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual.

5.4.2 Upgrade the CIBANO 500 firmware


After upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software, you might need to upgrade also the firmware of
CIBANO 500 or the firmware of the CB MC2, CB TN3 and IOB1 modules. If a firmware upgrade is
necessary, the following notification bar appears after you selected a test.

Figure 5-2: Upgrading the firmware of CIBANO 500 and connected external modules

OMICRON 29
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

► To upgrade the CIBANO 500 firmware, click Start firmware update.

5.4.3 Open the device web interface


On the device website, you can upgrade the device embedded software, get log files, roll back software
images, reboot the device and manage license files.
To open the device web interface:
1. In the home view, select the device from the list.
2. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Open device web interface.
A website with the IP address of the device opens in the default web browser.

5.5 Connect CIBANO 500 to the test object

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect CIBANO 500 to a test object before isolating the test object according to the five
safety rules.
► Always obey the five safety rules (see 1.2.2 "Safety rules" on page 9) and all additional relevant
laws and internal safety standards when connecting CIBANO 500 to a test object.
You can connect CIBANO 500 to the test object without disconnecting other parts of the station or with
complete disconnection from the station as shown in the following figure.

For example, For example,


relay control room

CIBANO 500
Trip coil Close coil

Figure 5-3: Principal connection of CIBANO 500 to the test object

To connect CIBANO 500 to the test object:


1. Connect the equipotential ground terminal of CIBANO 500 (see 3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18) to
ground as close as possible to the operator.

30 OMICRON
Installation

2. Do one of the following:


► Assure that the points of connection carry no voltage. Voltage on the connection points can impact
the safety of the operator but poses no danger to the test set. Clamp CIBANO 500 to the circuit
breaker’s trip and close coils without disconnecting other parts of the station. The advantage of
this method is that you do not need to modify the wiring of the circuit breaker to the station. The
disadvantage is that it is difficult to ensure that there is no voltage on the points of connection.
Connecting CIBANO 500 while voltage is present on the connection point requires special safety
precautions depending on the company and national standards and is explicitly not recommended
by OMICRON.
► Disconnect the circuit breaker at the points marked by the red crosses completely from the
substations. Then clamp CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker’s trip and close coils. You can often
do it easily on medium-voltage breakers by removing a single plug and therefore recommended
for maximum safety.
The following figures show typical CIBANO 500 measurement setups for testing medium-voltage and
high-voltage circuit breakers. Depending on the Primary Test Manager settings, many other
configurations are possible.

A1
A2
A3
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil M

Figure 5-4: Typical measurement setup for the Timing test on medium-voltage circuit breakers with
complete disconnection from the station

OMICRON 31
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

CB MC2

CB MC2

CB MC2

EXTERNAL A1 Circuit
MODULES A2 breaker
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2 AUX 1 AUX 2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil M

Figure 5-5: Typical measurement setup for testing high-voltage circuit breakers

32 OMICRON
Home view

6 Home view
After starting Primary Test Manager, the home view opens. In the home view, you can select different
user tasks designed to support you during diagnostic testing and management of test objects and test
data.

Figure 6-1: Primary Test Manager home view

Primary Test Manager processes data of different workflow importance. This is indicated by balloons of
different categories as described in the following table.

Table 6-1: Data importance categories

Balloon Category Description


Mandatory Indicates data required for performing tests.

Recommended Indicates data supporting the Primary Test Manager workflow.

Information Contains descriptive information.

OMICRON 33
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Primary Test Manager supports the following user tasks.

Table 6-2: Selecting the user tasks

Button Description Action

Click to manage locations, assets, jobs, and reports


Manage
(see 10 "Manage objects" on page 77).

Click to start the guided test workflow


New guided job
(see 7 "Create new guided jobs" on page 50).

Click to create a new manual job


New manual job
(see 8 "Create new manual jobs" on page 72).

Click to open a job


Open job
(see 9 "Open jobs" on page 76).

34 OMICRON
Home view

Table 6-3: User interface actions

User interface element Action


Title bar
Settings Click to open the Settings dialog box
(see 6.1 "Settings" later in this chapter).
Help Click to get access to the relevant technical documentation and send data to
OMICRON technical support
(see 6.2 "Help" on page 41).
Send data to technical Click to send system information and your data to OMICRON technical
support support
(see 6.3 "Send data to Technical Support" on page 42).
About Click to open the About Primary Test Manager dialog box
(see 6.4 "About" on page 43).
Device
Connect/Disconnect Click to manage connection to the test system
(see 6.5 "Manage connection to the test system" on page 44).
Data

Synchronize1 Click to synchronize your local database with the Primary Test Manager
server database
(see 6.6 "Synchronize data" on page 44).
Import files Click to import Primary Test Manager data
(see 6.7 "Import data" on page 47).
Back up your data Click to back up the Primary Test Manager database
(see 6.8 "Back up and restore data" on page 47).
Restore data from a Click to restore your data in the database
backup (see 6.8 "Back up and restore data" on page 47).
Information
Click a list item to get information about your test system and its application.
Recent guided jobs/Recent manual jobs
Click a list item to open a recently created guided or manual job.
Status bar
In the status bar, you can connect to and disconnect from a test system and view the test set
information (see 6.9 "Status bar" on page 48).
1. Only enabled with the appropriate license.

OMICRON 35
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.1 Settings
In the Settings dialog box, you can make a number of Primary Test Manager settings to match your
regional conventions, manage the job templates, and set the Primary Test Manager server settings for
data synchronization (see 6.6 "Synchronize data" on page 44).
► To open the Settings dialog box, click Settings in the title bar.

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
Changing the settings in the Settings dialog box affects all data in Primary Test Manager.
► Only change settings if you are qualified to do so.
► Review your changes before clicking OK.
Note: After changing a setting, you must restart Primary Test Manager for the setting to take effect.

General
On the General tab, you can make the general settings of Primary Test Manager.

Figure 6-2: General tab

► To set the Primary Test Manager language, select your preferred language from the Language list.

36 OMICRON
Home view

► To set the logging level, select your preferred level from the Logging PTM and Logging device lists.
The logging function provides information to help find the cause for an error in cooperation with an
OMICRON support engineer. Logging PTM collects information on PTM while Logging device
focuses on your device.
Note: Log files do not contain any information about users or devices.

Table 6-4: Logging levels

Logging level Description


Disabled Logging is disabled.
Errors only Only errors are logged.
Recommended setting
Info Errors and some additional information are logged.
Full All software-related activities are logged.
Note: Full logging will slow down software performance.
► To set the types of available devices, select the respective check boxes.
The Locations settings options do not apply to testing with CIBANO 500.
Under Default test device configuration, Primary Test Manager displays the default devices for
testing different assets. If more than one device is available for an asset, you can set your preferred test
system as default device for that asset.
Note: If no device is connected, Primary Test Manager will automatically compile the test list (see
section 7.5 "Test view" on page 66) for the selected default test set.
The Customer Experience Improvement Program collects information about how you use Primary
Test Manager without interrupting you. This helps OMICRON identify which features to improve. No
information collected is used to identify or contact you. We encourage you to join the program to help
improve Primary Test Manager.
Remote control
Certain features of Primary Test Manager can be controlled via the PTMate app. Complete the steps
below to establish the connection between your smartphone and your computer.
1. Select the Allow remote control via HTTP check box in the Remote control section of the Settings
dialog box. Primary Test Manager will establish a Wi-Fi access point.
► If both your smartphone and your computer are already connected to the same Wi-Fi network,
proceed with step 2.
► If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi network, press the Start Wi-Fi access point button. Primary
Test Manager will attempt to create a Wi-Fi access point and refresh the displayed QR code.
Note: If your computer does not support ad hoc Wi-Fi access point creation, you can use an external
Wi-Fi device supporting this functionality or create a hotspot on your smartphone. Be aware that
using a smartphone hotspot can lead to additional costs.
2. Open the PTMate app on your smartphone, go to Settings and scan the QR code displayed in the
Remote control section in Primary Test Manager.

OMICRON 37
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Primary Test Manager displays status icons in the bottom bar:

Number of active remote connections


Active Wi-Fi access point
Active remote control

Profiles
On the Profiles tab, you can set your profile, the default rated frequency, the loss index, the units of your
own profiles, and make the test system settings.
Note: The dissipation factor and the tangent delta are identical characteristics of the primary asset under
test. For your convenience, with Primary Test Manager you can use your preferred naming.

Figure 6-3: Profiles tab: Global settings

With Primary Test Manager, you can use predefined profiles and create your own profiles for naming
conventions.
Note: Primary Test Manager sets the default profile according to the regional settings of your computer.
► To set a profile, select the profile you want to use from the Profiles list.

38 OMICRON
Home view

To create your own profile:


1. Click Create custom profile.
2. In the Create custom profile dialog box, type the profile name, and then click Create.
3. Under Global settings, set the default rated frequency, the loss index, and your preferred units.
4. Under Circuit breaker, set the circuit breaker terminal name schemes.

Figure 6-4: Profiles tab: Circuit breaker

5. Click OK to close the Settings dialog box.


► To delete your own profile, select the profile from the Profiles list, and then click
Delete current profile.

OMICRON 39
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Templates and libraries


On the Templates and libraries tab, you can process job templates and libraries. For more information,
see 7.5.6 "Process templates" on page 69 and 14 "Circuit Breaker Testing Library" on page 97.

Figure 6-5: Templates and libraries tab

To manage the job templates, select Circuit breaker from the Display templates for list, and then do
one of the following:
► To edit the manufacturer, the manufacturer type or the template properties (manufacturer,
manufacturer type, name, comment), click the respective Edit button .
► To delete a manufacturer and all associated templates, select the manufacturer, and then click the
corresponding Delete button .
► To delete a manufacturer type and all associated templates, select the manufacturer type, and then
click the corresponding Delete button .

► To delete a template, select the template, and then click the corresponding Delete button .
► To export a template, select the template, and then click the Export the selected template
button .
► To import a template, click the Import template button , and then browse to the template you
want to import.
► To set a template as favorite, click the star icon .
Note: The first template you associate with a manufacturer type is set as favorite by default.

40 OMICRON
Home view

The right pane of the template workspace displays the template preview.

Databases
On the Databases tab you can create, manage and optimize (comprise) the Primary Test Manager
database, and switch between different databases. Under Properties, you can adjust the server settings
for DataSync. For more information, see 6.6.1 "Server settings" on page 45.

Figure 6-6: Databases tab

6.2 Help
Alternatively to this User Manual, Primary Test Manager provides online Help. To open the PTM Help,
click Help in the title bar or press F1.

OMICRON 41
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.3 Send data to Technical Support


In the Contact Technical Support dialog box, you can send system information and your data to
OMICRON technical support.
► To open the Contact Technical Support dialog box, click Send data to Technical Support in the
title bar.

Figure 6-7: Contact Technical Support dialog box

1. In the Contact Technical Support dialog box, select your region, and then click Next.
2. Click Add files.
3. Browse to the data you want to send, and then click Next.
4. Click Send.

42 OMICRON
Home view

6.4 About
In the About Primary Test Manager dialog box, you can enter license keys to upgrade your Primary
Test Manager and enhance its functionality by installing additional features.
► To open the About Primary Test Manager dialog box, click About in the title bar.

Figure 6-8: About Primary Test Manager dialog box

To activate a license:
1. Enter the license key in the About Primary Test Manager dialog box, and then click
Add license key.
The About Primary Test Manager dialog box displays the available licenses and a new
Enter license key box.
2. Repeat step 1 for all license keys you want to enter.
Alternatively, you can enter license keys from files. To a enter a license key from a file, click
Add license from file, and then browse to the file containing the license you want to add.
For detailed information about the Primary Test Manager licensing, contact your OMICRON local sales
representative or distributor.

OMICRON 43
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.5 Manage connection to the test system


Under Device, you can connect to and disconnect from the test system.
► To connect to a CIBANO 500 device, select the device from the list, and then click Connect.

Figure 6-9: Connecting to CIBANO 500

If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.
If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as described in "Troubleshooting" in the CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual.
Alternatively, you can manage the connection to CIBANO 500 in the Primary Test Manager status bar
(see 6.9 "Status bar" on page 48).

6.6 Synchronize data


Primary Test Manager comes with the client/server architecture. With this feature, you can synchronize
your local database with the Primary Test Manager server database. The data synchronization is a
partial data replication based on subscriptions, that is, all local data is synchronized with the server
database and selected data on the server is synchronized with the local database.
Note: To synchronize your data, you need a license. To get the license, contact your regional OMICRON
Service Center or sales partner. You can find our Service Center or sales partner closest to you at
www.omicronenergy.com.

44 OMICRON
Home view

6.6.1 Server settings


Before synchronizing the Primary Test Manager databases for the first time, you need to set the server
settings.
1. In the title bar, click Settings, and then select the Databases tab.
The next step depends on the data synchronization method you use: DataSync via web server or
DataSync on premises.
► For the service URL and certificate for DataSync via web server, contact your regional OMICRON
Service Center.
► For the service URL and certificate for DataSync on premises, contact your system administrator.

Figure 6-10: Server settings for DataSync

2. Enter the Service URL and upload the Certificate.


3. To test the connection to the server, click Test next to Connection status.
You can create different databases for testing and switch between them.
► Use the corresponding buttons next to Database to create, optimize or delete a database.
► To switch to a different database, select it from the Database list.

OMICRON 45
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.6.2 Managing subscriptions


You can select data on the server which you want to synchronize with your local data by managing
subscriptions. To manage subscriptions:

1. In the home view, click the Manage button .

Figure 6-11: Manage view

2. In the manage view, click Manage subscriptions on the ribbon.


3. In the Subscriptions dialog box, select the data on the server you want to synchronize with your local
data.

6.6.3 Database synchronization


► To synchronize the local Primary Test Manager database with the server database: In the home view,
click Synchronize.
Note: You can synchronize databases at any time, as long as a connection to the server database is
available.
When the database synchronization is complete, the locations, assets, and jobs (objects) newly added
to the local database are marked with blue dots in the manage view. You can sort the objects by this
column. As soon as you open an object, its blue dot is removed. All blue dots are removed when you
perform another database synchronization.

46 OMICRON
Home view

6.7 Import data


In the home view, you can import Primary Test Manager jobs.
To import a job:
1. Under Data, click Import files.
2. Browse to the file you want to import.
Primary Test Manager supports the following file import formats.

Table 6-5: Supported file import formats

File name extension Description


.ptm Primary Test Manager native exchange format
.ptma Format for import of manual test data.1
1. To import manual test data, you must select the corresponding asset in the manage view.

6.8 Back up and restore data


We strongly recommend backing up your data in the Primary Test Manager database on a regular basis.
Primary Test Manager reminds you to back up the data periodically by prompting you to save the data
in your preferred location. The data is backed up in DBPTM format. You can back up and restore the
data in the Primary Test Manager home view.
To back up the data without the Primary Test Manager prompt:
1. Under Data, click Back up your data.
2. Save the data in your preferred location.
To restore the data:
1. Under Data, click Restore data from a backup.
2. Browse to the file you want to restore.

OMICRON 47
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

6.9 Status bar


The status bar displays the status of the test system, the controls of the continuous power supply (see
17.1.12 "Continuous power supply" on page 161 and 17.2.11 "Continuous power supply" on page 213)
and provides access to the zoom function. In the status bar, you can connect to and disconnect from a
test system, and show and refresh the test set information.
To connect to a test system:
1. In the status bar, right-click Not connected, and then click Connect.

Figure 6-12: Test set information dialog box before connecting to CIBANO 500

2. In the Test set information dialog box, select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.
Note: Select the Automatic connection if only one device detected check box if only one device is
available. Then Primary Test Manager connects to the available device automatically.
If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.

48 OMICRON
Home view

After you have connected to the test system, the following dialog box appears.

Figure 6-13: Test set information dialog box after connecting to CIBANO 500

Note: For connecting to a test system not included in the list, see 20.1 "Connecting to CIBANO 500" on
page 295.
After you have connected to a test system, right-click the CIBANO 500 symbol in the status bar, and then
do one of the following:
► To disconnect from a test system, click Disconnect.
► To display information about the connected test system, click Show test set information.
► To update the test set information, click Refresh test set information.
Note: You can open the Test set information dialog box also by double-clicking the CIBANO 500
symbol.

OMICRON 49
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7 Create new guided jobs


When creating a new guided job, Primary Test Manager leads you through the guided test workflow.
► To open the new guided job view, click the New guided job button in the home view.

Figure 7-1: New guided job view

In the new guided job view, you can configure and execute jobs. A job contains all relevant information
about the location, the asset under test, and the tests. With Primary Test Manager, you can process jobs
as separate entities. During the guided test workflow, the job status displayed in the left pane of the new
guided job view changes. The following table describes the job statuses.

Table 7-1: Job statuses

Status Description
New Location has been defined.
Prepared Asset has been defined.
Partially executed At least one measurement has been executed.
Executed All tests of the job have been executed.
Approved Job has been approved.

50 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.1 Guided test workflow


The guided test workflow leads you through the following steps:
1. Enter the job data (see 7.2 "Job overview" on page 53).
2. Specify the location (see 7.3 "Location view" on page 56).
3. Specify the asset (see 7.4 "Asset view" on page 60).
4. Specify and perform the tests (see 7.5 "Test view" on page 66).
5. Generate the test reports (see 13 "Generate test reports" on page 93).
To navigate through the test workflow, click the navigation buttons in the left pane of the new guided job
view.

Figure 7-2: Navigation buttons

Note: You can interrupt the test workflow and return to any view at any time by clicking the
corresponding navigation button.

OMICRON 51
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

By using the commands on the ribbon, you can process jobs. The following table describes the available
operations.

Table 7-2: Operations on the guided jobs

Command Action
Close Closes a job displayed in the new guided job view and leads you back to the
home or manage view respectively.
Save job Saves the job displayed in the new guided job view.
Export job Exports the job displayed in the new guided job view into a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet.
Copy test1 Adds another test of the same kind and with the same settings to the test
list. Results are not copied.
Delete test1 Adds another test of the same kind and with the same settings to the test
list. Results are not copied.
Take screenshot1 Takes screenshot of the selected area of the Primary Test Manager
workspace. The screenshot appears as attachment in the General area and
can be attached to the test report (see 13 "Generate test reports" on
page 93).
1 Only available if a test is open

For more information about operations on the jobs, see 10 "Manage objects" on page 77.

52 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.2 Job overview


In the job overview, you can enter the job data (see Table 7-3: "Job data" on page 53). In the course of
the guided test workflow, Primary Test Manager sets also some basic location, asset, and test data.
► To open the job overview, click the New guided job button in the home view.

Figure 7-3: Job overview

7.2.1 Job data


The following table describes the job data.

Table 7-3: Job data

Data Description
Name/Work order1 Name of the job or work order
(by default generated by Primary Test Manager)
Creation date Date the job was created
Execution date Date the job was executed
Tested by Person who performed the test

OMICRON 53
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 7-3: Job data (continued)

Data Description
Approved by Person who approved the test
Approval date Date the job was approved (see 7.2.2 "Approving jobs" later in this section)
Summary Text field to summarize the job data in own words.
Attachments Attachments to the job (see 7.2.4 "Managing attachments" on page 55)
1 Mandatory data

7.2.2 Approving jobs


If the job data displayed in the job overview has been approved, you can set the approval date of the job.
► To set the job approval date, click Approve.
Note: After approving a job, some settings cannot be edited anymore. The job approval cannot be
undone.

7.2.3 Assessment summary


In the Tests area of the job overview, the Result state and Assessment status of test results are
displayed.
► Use the Overall Assessment box to manually characterize the asset's condition for reporting
purposes.

Table 7-4: Result state

Result state Description


Not executed No measurement of the test has been executed.
Partially executed At least one measurement of the test has been executed.
Executed All measurements of the test have been executed.

Table 7-5: Assessment

Status Description
Fail The status was automatically set to Fail by Primary Test Manager.
Manual fail The status was manually set to Fail.
Investigate The status was automatically set to Investigate by Primary Test
Manager.
Manual investigate The status was manually set to Investigate.
Pass The status was automatically set to Pass by Primary Test Manager.
Partial pass Some measurements have not been assessed.

54 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

Table 7-5: Assessment (continued)

Status Description
Manual pass The status was manually set to Pass.
Manual partial pass Some measurements have not been assessed and at least one
assessment status was changed manually.
Not assessed The measurement has not been assessed.
Not rated The status was automatically set to Not Rated by Primary Test
Manager.

7.2.4 Managing attachments


Under Attachments, you can manage attachments to jobs.
► To add an attachment to a job, click the Add button , and then browse to the file you want to attach
to the job.
► To open an attachment, select the attachment, and then click the Open button , or double click
the attachment.
► To remove an attachment from a job, select the attachment you want to delete, and then click the
Remove button .

OMICRON 55
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7.3 Location view


In the location view, you can specify locations.
► To open the location view, click the Location navigation button .

Figure 7-4: Location view

To specify a location, do one of the following:


► Enter the location data (see Table 7-6: "Location data" later in this section).
Note: If you enter location data different from the master location, a notification bar at the top of the
Primary Test Manager workspace prompts you to import the master location or update the master
location. For more information, see 10.3 "Understanding the master locations and assets" on
page 80.

56 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

► To load the location data available in Primary Test Manager, click Load existing location on the
ribbon, and then select the location you want to load in the Select Location dialog box.

Figure 7-5: Select Location dialog box

In the Select Location dialog box, you can search for locations (see 10.1 "Search for objects" on
page 78).

7.3.1 Location data


The following table describes the location data.

Table 7-6: Location data

Data Description
Name1 Name of the location where the asset is located
Region Region where the asset is located
Division Division where the asset is located
Area Area where the asset is located
Plant Plant where the asset is located
Address Address of the location where the asset is located
City City where the asset is located
State/Province State or province where the asset is located
Postal code Postal code of the location where the asset is located
Country Country where the asset is located
Geo coordinates Geo coordinates of the location where the asset is located
(see 7.3.2 "Setting the geo coordinates" later in this section)

OMICRON 57
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 7-6: Location data (continued)

Data Description
Location system code Location code used by maintenance planning systems
Contact person
Name Name of the contact person
Phone no. 1 Phone number of the contact person
Phone no. 2 Alternative phone number of the contact person
Fax no. Fax number of the contact person
E-mail E-mail address of the contact person
Comment Comment on the location
Attachments Attachments to the location (see 7.3.3 "Managing attachments" on page 59)
Company
Company Company the asset belongs to
Department Department of the company
Address Address of the company
City City where the company is located
State/Province State or province where the company is located
Postal code Postal code of the company
Country Country where the company is located
Phone no. Phone number of the contact person
Fax no. Fax number of the contact person
E-mail E-mail address of the contact person
1 Mandatory data

In the location view, you can enter additional addresses of, for example, a client, owner or utility.
► To enter additional addresses, click Add address under Additional addresses.

58 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.3.2 Setting the geo coordinates


To set the geo coordinates of a location:
1. In the location view, click Edit coordinates.

Figure 7-6: Edit Coordinates dialog box

2. In the Edit Coordinates dialog box, enter the latitude and longitude of the location by using the
WGS-84 World Geodetic System in the DMS (degrees, minutes, seconds) format.

7.3.3 Managing attachments


Under Attachments, you can manage attachments to locations.
► To add an attachment to a location, click the Add button , and then browse to the file you want to
attach to the location.
► To open an attachment, select the attachment, and then click the Open button , or double click
the attachment.
► To remove an attachment from a location, select the attachment you want to delete, and then click
the Remove button .

OMICRON 59
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7.4 Asset view


In the asset view, you can specify assets.
► To open the asset view, click the Asset navigation button .

Figure 7-7: Asset view

The asset view depends on the asset you want to specify with Primary Test Manager. To specify an
asset, do one of the following:
► Enter the asset data.The asset data includes the general asset data common to all assets (see
Table 7-7: "General asset data" on page 61) and the asset-specific data described in 15 "Circuit
breaker data" on page 101 and 16 "Spare bushing data" on page 116.
Note: If you enter asset data different from the master asset, a notification bar at the top of the
Primary Test Manager workspace prompts you to import the master asset or update the master
asset. For more information, see 10.3 "Understanding the master locations and assets" on page 80.
► To load the asset data available in Primary Test Manager, click Load existing asset on the ribbon,
and then select the asset you want to load in the Select asset dialog box.

60 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

Figure 7-8: Select asset dialog box

In the Select asset dialog box, you can search for assets (see 10.1 "Search for objects" on page 78)
and sort them alphabetically or in the chronological order.
► For loading the asset data from the circuit breaker testing library, see 14 "Circuit Breaker Testing
Library" on page 97.

7.4.1 General asset data


The following table describes the general asset data.

Table 7-7: General asset data


Data Description
Asset1 Asset under test
Asset type Type of the asset
Serial no.1 Serial number of the asset
Manufacturer Manufacturer of the asset
Manufacturer type Type of the asset according to the manufacturer
Manufacturing year Year of the asset’s manufacturing
Asset system code Code of the asset used by the maintenance planning systems
Apparatus ID 2 Identifier of the asset
Feeder Feeder the asset is connected to
Comment Comment on the asset
Attachments Attachments to the asset (see 7.4.2 "Managing attachments" on page 62)
1 Mandatory data
2 Visible if an asset is selected

OMICRON 61
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7.4.2 Managing attachments


Under Attachments, you can manage attachments to assets.
► To add an attachment to an asset, click the Add button , and then browse to the file you want to
attach to the asset.
► To open an attachment, select the attachment, and then click the Open button , or double click
the attachment.
► To remove an attachment from an asset, select the attachment you want to delete, and then click the
Remove button .

7.4.3 Circuit breaker view


In the circuit breaker view, you can specify circuit breakers and assets associated with the circuit
breakers such as bushings.
To specify a circuit breaker:
1. From the Asset list, select Circuit breaker.
2. From the Asset type list, select the type of the circuit breaker.

Figure 7-9: Circuit breaker view

3. In the circuit breaker view, enter the general asset data (see Table 7-7: "General asset data" on
page 61).
4. Under Circuit breaker, enter the circuit breaker data (see 15 "Circuit breaker data" on page 101).
5. Specify the operating mechanism of the circuit breaker (see "Operating mechanism tab" on page 63).

62 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

6. Optionally, specify the bushings mounted on the circuit breaker (see "Bushings tab" on page 64).
7. Set the assessment limits of the circuit breaker (see "Assessment limits tab" on page 65).

Operating mechanism tab


On the Operating mechanism tab, you can specify the circuit breaker’s operating mechanism.

Figure 7-10: Circuit breaker view: Operating mechanism tab

► To specify an operating mechanism, enter the operating mechanism data (see 15.1 "Operating
mechanism data" on page 103).

OMICRON 63
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Bushings tab
On the Bushings tab, you can specify bushings mounted on the circuit breaker.

Figure 7-11: Circuit breaker view: Bushings tab

To specify a bushing:
1. From the Asset type list, select the type of the bushing for all circuit breaker’s terminals.
2. Enter the bushing data (see 16 "Spare bushing data" on page 116).
Under Copy bushing data, you can copy data of a bushing to other bushings.
► To copy the bushing data, select the respective bushings from the From and To lists, and then click
Copy.

64 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

Assessment limits tab


On the Assessment limits tab, you can set the circuit breaker’s absolute and relative assessment limits.

Figure 7-12: Circuit breaker view: Assessment limits tab

► To set the circuit breaker’s assessment limits, enter the absolute or relative assessment limits (see
15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107).

OMICRON 65
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7.5 Test view


In the test view, you can select, import and perform tests.
► To open the test view, click the Tests navigation button .

Figure 7-13: Test view

The test view is divided into the Available tests area, the Selected tests area, and the
General test settings area.
Click the button labeled with the test system with which you want to perform the test on the top of the
Available tests area. Then Primary Test Manager displays the available guided tests and optional
manual tests supported for the selected test system and the asset under test.
► To display the guided tests grouped in categories, click the Show test categories button . .
You can select tests for different test systems supported by Primary Test Manager within the same job.
Then the symbol indicates the tests not available for the connected test system to signal to you that
you need to connect another test system before proceeding to execute the job.
The optional manual tests are asset-independent. You can perform manual tests for any asset described
in this User Manual, but Primary Test Manager does not guide you through the tests and provides no
test settings data. The manual tests offer a large amount of flexibility to define the test procedures and
specify test settings according to your specific needs.
► For more information about the manual tests, see 8 "Create new manual jobs" on page 72.
The Selected tests area displays the tests and test groups you want to perform. By default, Primary Test
Manager displays the tests recommended by OMICRON.

66 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.5.1 Select tests


► To add a test or all tests of a category into the Selected tests area, click the symbol next to the
test or the category name in the Available tests area.
The tests added to the Selected tests area are displayed under Tests in the left pane of the test view.
► To rename a test, click the test name, and then type the name you want to use.
The Selected tests area displays the test in the recommended execution order. You can change the
order of the tests by dragging them or by using the and buttons.
► To remove a test from the Selected tests area and from the left pane, click the symbol next to
the test name.
► To open a test, click the test name in the left pane of the test view.
After you have opened a test, the workspace is split into the following areas:
• General
Here you can type a comment on the test and add an attachment.
• Hardware configuration
Displays the test-specific controls of the test set. For information on the hardware configuration
options, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Settings and conditions
Displays the basic test settings you typically need to configure the tests. For the test settings and
conditions, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Advanced settings
Displays the advanced settings for experienced users. For the advanced test settings, see 17 "Off-
service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Assessment
Provides access to setting the assessment limits. For the assessment limit description, see
15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
• Measurements
Displays the measurement results. For more information, see 12 "Display measurement results" on
page 87.

7.5.2 Group tests


With Primary Test Manager, you can group tests. You define the hardware configuration and certain
settings and conditions for a test group. These settings are then applied to all tests in the test group.
To group tests:
1. In the Selected tests area, select the check boxes next to the tests you want to group.
2. Click the symbol.
The test groups are displayed under Tests in the left pane of the test view.
► To rename a test group, click the test group name, and then type the name you want to use.
► To remove a test from the test group, click the symbol next to the test name.
► To remove a test group from the Selected tests area and from the left pane, click the symbol
next to the test group name.
► To open a test group, click the test group name in the left pane of the test view.

OMICRON 67
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

After you have opened a test group, the workspace is split into the following areas:
• Hardware configuration
Displays the test-specific controls of the test set. For information on the hardware configuration
options, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Settings and conditions
Displays the test settings common to all tests of the test group. For information on the test settings,
see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Test control
Displays the test control buttons and the list of the tests with the execution and assessment status.
For information on executing test groups, see 17.1.3 "Test group execution" on page 121.

7.5.3 General test settings


The General test settings area displays the following data.

Table 7-8: General test settings

Data Description
Reason for the job Reason why the job has been created
Global test conditions
Weather Weather conditions on site
Unit location Location of the unit under test
Humidity Relative ambient humidity on site
Ambient temperature Ambient temperature on site
Number of operations
Counter reading found Counter reading before starting the tests
Counter reading left Counter reading after the tests has finished
Contact bounce filter
Main contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consequent bounces of
the main contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consequent bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Update all tests Click Update all tests to set the contact bounce filter for all tests.

68 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.5.4 Import tests


In the test view, you can import test data (measurement results without any information about the job,
the asset and the location) in PTMA format.
To import test data:
1. In the Selected tests area, click Add from file.
2. Browse to the file you want the import.
3. In the left pane of the test view, click the imported test.
The tests contained in the imported PTMA file are appended to the test list.
► For information about importing and exporting jobs, see 10.6 "Export and import jobs" on page 83.

7.5.5 Perform tests


To perform and assess the tests, you must know and understand the test settings and the measurement
data. For detailed information, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118 and 18 "In-service
diagnostic methods" on page 267.

7.5.6 Process templates


In the guided test workflow, you can save jobs as templates and open the saved templates. By using the
templates, you can configure jobs according to your needs (for example, for repeated routines), and then
repeatedly perform the (once defined) tests. When you create a new job, the favorite template for the
corresponding manufacturer and manufacturer type is loaded automatically, if available.
To save a job as template:
1. In the guided test workflow, configure a job.
2. In the Selected tests area of the test view, click Save as template.

Figure 7-14: Save Tests as New Template dialog box

OMICRON 69
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3. In the Save Tests as New Template dialog box, enter the manufacturer, the manufacturer type and
the template name, and then click Save.
Note: Select [Generic] from the Manufacturer list if you want to use the template for all circuit
breakers of the same manufacturer or for all circuit breakers.
4. Optionally, you can add a customized Microsoft Excel report template (see 13 "Generate test reports"
on page 93) to the job template.
► To add a Microsoft Excel report template, click Select template, and then browse to the report
template you want to add.
To open a template:
1. In the Selected tests area of the test view, click Open template.

Figure 7-15: Choose Template dialog box

2. In the Choose Template dialog box, select the manufacturer, the manufacturer type and the
template you want to open.
Note: If you added a Microsoft Excel report template to the job template, its location is displayed
under Customized Excel report template.
► To replace the tests in the current job with the selected template, click Replace existing testplan.
► To add the selected template to the current job, click Append to existing testplan.
Note: If you click Append to existing testplan, the Microsoft Excel report template will not be added
to the currently open job.

70 OMICRON
Create new guided jobs

7.5.7 Offline hardware configuration


With Primary Test Manager, you can configure tests without connection to CIBANO 500. This enables
you to prepare a test in the office and execute it later in the field. To set the hardware configuration
offline:
1. Create a job without connection to CIBANO 500.
2. Click a test name in the left pane of the test view to open a test.
3. In the notification bar at the top of the Primary Test Manager workspace, click Simulator settings.

Figure 7-16: CIBANO 500 Simulator settings dialog box.

4. In the CIBANO 500 Simulator settings dialog box, configure CIBANO 500 and its accessories, and
then click Apply.
5. In the notification bar, click Activate simulator.
Primary Test Manager supports you in preparing tests with different hardware configurations. As soon
as you saved a test, the test configuration is completely stored. To load the saved configuration into the
Simulator, proceed as follows:
1. In the manage view, open the job you want to work on.
2. Open the test you want to prepare.
3. In the notification bar at the top of the Primary Test Manager workspace, click Simulator settings.
4. In the CIBANO 500 Simulator settings dialog box, click Copy from test, and then click Apply.
Then, Primary Test Manager will load the hardware configuration saved in the job.

OMICRON 71
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

8 Create new manual jobs


Primary Test Manager assists you to create new manual jobs.
► To open the new manual job view, click the New manual job button in the home view.

Figure 8-1: New manual job view

The workspace of the new manual job view depends on the selected button in the left pane (see
Figure 8-2: "Left-pane buttons" on page 73):
• Initially, the workspace is divided into the Available tests area and the Selected tests area.
• If you click the Asset button, Primary Test Manager displays the general asset data (see
7.4.1 "General asset data" on page 61).
• If you click the Tests button, Primary Test Manager displays the Available tests area and the
Selected tests area. In this workspace, you can add tests to a job (see 8.1 "Add tests to a job" on
page 73).
• If you have added a test to a job and click the Report button, Primary Test Manager displays the
report view (see 13 "Generate test reports" on page 93). In the report view, you can configure and
generate test reports.

72 OMICRON
Create new manual jobs

8.1 Add tests to a job


► On the top of the Available tests area, click the button labeled with the test system with which you
want to perform the test.
Primary Test Manager then displays all available manual tests supported for the selected test system.
► To add a test to a job, click the symbol next to the test name or double-click the test in the
Available tests area.
The tests added to a job are displayed in the Selected tests area and in the left pane.

Figure 8-2: Left-pane buttons

Note: You can change the default test names. To rename a test, click the corresponding button in the
left pane, and then click the test name.
► To remove a test from the Selected tests area, click the symbol next to the test name in the left
pane.
► To open a test, click the left-pane button with the test name.
► To add the currently open test to the job, click Copy test on the ribbon.
After you have opened a test, the workspace is split into the following areas:
• Hardware configuration
Displays the test-specific controls of the test set. For information on the hardware configuration
options, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Settings and conditions
Displays the basic test settings you typically need to configure the tests. For the test settings and
conditions, see 17 "Off-service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Advanced settings
Displays the advanced settings for experienced users. For the advanced test settings, see 17 "Off-
service diagnostic methods" on page 118.
• Assessment
Provides access to setting the assessment limits. For the assessment limit description, see
15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.

OMICRON 73
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

• Measurements
Displays the measurement results. For more information, see 12 "Display measurement results" on
page 87.
The following figure shows an example of the new manual job view if a test is open.

Figure 8-3: A test in the new manual job view

If you click the Tests button in the left pane, the workspace displays the Available tests area and the
Selected tests area again.

74 OMICRON
Create new manual jobs

8.2 Process tests


By using the commands on the ribbon, you can process tests. The following table describes the available
operations.

Table 8-1: Operations on the manual jobs

Command Action
Home Closes the job displayed in the new manual job view and leads you to the
Primary Test Manager home view. Before closing the job, you can save the
changes for all tests.
Save job Saves the job displayed in the new manual job view. When saving a job for
the first time, you must specify the file name and directory of the job.
Save as Saves the job displayed in the new manual job view in a newly specified
directory.
Export job Exports the job displayed in the new manual job view into a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet.
Copy test1 Adds another test of the same kind and with the same settings to the test
list. Results are not copied.
Delete test1 Deletes the open test.

1. Only available if a test is open

OMICRON 75
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

9 Open jobs
With Primary Test Manager, you can open existing guided and manual jobs. To open a job:
1. Click the Open job button in the home view.
2. Browse to the job you want to open.

Figure 9-1: Open job view

The open job view displays the tests in the left pane. To view the test results, click the corresponding
test button. You can add new tests to the job and process tests as described in 7 "Create new guided
jobs" on page 50.
Note: The operating times for the Timing test and the Dynamic Contact Resistance test are calculated
according to IEC 62271-100 standard. If you open a manual test performed with Primary Test Manager
version 3.11 and earlier, the operating times are recalculated according to IEC 62271-100. The original
data is still available on the Legacy data tab in the Measurements area. You can delete the original
data irreversibly by clicking Delete legacy data.

76 OMICRON
Manage objects

10 Manage objects
In the manage view, you can manage locations, assets, jobs, and test reports available in Primary Test
Manager.
► To open the manage view, click the Manage button in the home view.
Note: In this chapter, the locations, assets, jobs, and test reports are collectively called objects.

Figure 10-1: Manage view

Note: The mounted assets are displayed in italics. To hide them, expand the Asset area, and then select
the Hide mounted assets check box.
The manage view displays the objects in a hierarchical structure as follows:
• If you select a location, the manage view displays the assets, jobs, and reports associated with the
selected location.
• If you select an asset, the manage view displays the jobs and reports associated with the selected
asset.
• If you select a job, the manage view displays the reports associated with the selected job.
► To sort the objects alphabetically, click Alphabetically on the ribbon.
► To sort the objects in the chronological order, click Recently used on the ribbon.
► To sort the objects according to the job status, click Status on the ribbon.
► To rearrange the columns, drag and drop the column headers.

OMICRON 77
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

In the manage view, you can:


• Search for objects
• Perform operations on objects
• Relocate assets
• Import and export jobs

10.1 Search for objects


In the manage view, you can search for the objects available in Primary Test Manager:
• By searching for keywords in all object data
• By searching for keywords in particular object data
► To search for keywords in all object data, type the keyword you search for in the respective search
box.
To search for keywords in particular object data:
1. Expand the Location, Asset, Job and Report areas.
2. Type the keyword(s) you search for in the respective object data box(es).
The following table describes the location search data.

Table 10-1: Location search data

Data Description
Name Name of the location
Address Address of the location
City City where the asset is located
State/Province State or province where the asset is located
Postal code Postal code of the location
Country Country where the asset is located
Company Company the asset belongs to

78 OMICRON
Manage objects

The following table describes the asset search data.

Table 10-2: Asset search data

Data Description
Asset kind Asset under test
Asset type Type of the asset
Serial no. Serial number of the asset
Manufacturer Manufacturer of the asset
Manufacturer type Type of the asset according to the manufacturer
Asset system code Code of the asset used by the maintenance planning systems
Apparatus ID Identifier of the asset
Feeder Feeder the asset is connected to

The following table describes the job search data.

Table 10-3: Job search data

Data Description
Name Name of the job
Work order Work order of the job
Tested by Person who performed the test
Executed between Time period within which the job was executed
Status Status of the job

The following table describes the report search data.

Table 10-4: Report search data

Data Description
Name Name of the report
Client Customer for which the report is designated
Created between Time period within which the report was created

10.2 Perform operations on objects


To perform operations on objects, select an object from the respective list, and then do one of the
following:
► Click the Create new object button to add a new object of the same category.
► Click the Open selected object button to display the data of the selected object.
► Click the Delete selected object button to delete the selected object.

OMICRON 79
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Additionally, you can copy jobs with the associated location, asset and test data. The test results and
reports are not copied. To copy a job:
1. Select the job you want to copy.
2. Click the Copy selected job button .
To perform operations on multiple objects, click Enable multiple selection on the ribbon, and then do
one of the following:
► To delete multiple locations, assets, jobs, and test reports, select the check boxes next to the objects
you want to delete, and then click the Delete selected object(s) button .
► To export multiple jobs, select the check boxes next to the jobs you want to export, and then click the
Export button .

10.3 Understanding the master locations and assets


Primary Test Manager supports master locations and assets to help you keep your data consistent.
When you create a job, the location and asset associated with the job – called master location and
master asset, respectively – are copied to the job.
Consequently, whenever you try to change the location or the asset of an existing job, a notification bar
at the top of the Primary Test Manager workspace prompts you to do one of the following:
► Click Import from master location or Import from master asset to import the location or asset
originally associated with the job (master location/asset) to the current job.
► Click Update master location or Update master asset to update the location or asset originally
associated with the job (master location/asset) with the data of the current job.

80 OMICRON
Manage objects

10.4 Duplicate assets


In the manage view, you can duplicate assets available in Primary Test Manager. To duplicate an asset:
1. From the Asset list, select the asset you want to duplicate.
2. Click the Duplicate selected asset button .
3. In the asset view, type the serial number of the new asset.

Figure 10-2: Asset view

4. Click Save asset on the ribbon.


Note: By default, the duplicated assets are linked to the location of the original asset. For relocating the
asset to a different location, see 10.5 "Relocate assets" later in this chapter.

OMICRON 81
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

10.5 Relocate assets


In the manage view, you can relocate assets available in Primary Test Manager. To relocate an asset:
1. From the Asset list, select the asset you want to relocate.
2. Click the Relocate selected asset button .

Figure 10-3: Relocate Asset dialog box

3. In the Relocate Asset dialog box, select the location you want to move the asset to.
4. If the asset you want to relocate is mountable, select an asset where the moved asset is to be
mounted.
Note: You can filter the locations and assets by searching for keywords (see 10.1 "Search for objects"
on page 78).

82 OMICRON
Manage objects

10.6 Export and import jobs


Primary Test Manager supports data exchange between different test systems.
You can export jobs in the Primary Test Manager native PTM format and as Microsoft Excel documents.
To export a job:
1. From the Job list, select the job you want to export.
2. Click the Export button , and then click Export to file.
3. Browse to the folder where you want to save the job.

You can import Primary Test Manager jobs from file and from data stored with the Megger CABAWin
software.
To import a job from file:
1. In the Job area, click the Import button , and then click Import from file.
2. Browse to the file you want to import.
Primary Test Manager supports the following formats for import from file.

Table 10-5: Supported formats for import from file

File name extension Description


.ptm Primary Test Manager native exchange format
.ptma Format for import of manual test data.1
1. To import manual test data, you must select the corresponding asset in the manage view.

To import a job from data stored with the Megger CABAWin software:
1. In the Job area, click the Import button , and then click Import from Megger CABAWin.

Figure 10-4: Browse For Folder dialog box

OMICRON 83
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. In the Browse For Folder dialog box, browse to the directory where your Megger CABAWin data is
stored, for example, C:\Program Files (x86)\Programma\CABAWIN\Spec.
3. Select the folder one level above the plan and test folders, and then click OK.

Figure 10-5: Mapping definition dialog box

4. In the Mapping definition dialog box, map the data fields to the location name and general asset
data, if applicable.
5. If you have not mapped any data field to the location name, you can enter a location name in the
Location box.
6. Click OK to confirm the mapping. If you entered a location name in the Location box, Primary Test
Manager will create a new location with the entered name.

84 OMICRON
Control tests

11 Control tests
In the Measurements area of Primary Test Manager, you can control the test execution and check the
circuit breaker state.

Figure 11-1: Part of the Measurements area with the test control commands and circuit breaker state
indicators

11.1 Test control commands


The following table describes the commands for controlling tests.
Note: Not all test control commands are available for all tests.

Table 11-1: Test control commands

Command Action
Start/Start all Starts the selected measurement/all measurements of the currently open
test.
Stop/Stop all Stops the running measurement/measurements.
Clear all Deletes all measurement results of the currently open test.
Open breaker Opens the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
Close breaker Closes the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
Supply motor Starts charging the circuit breaker’s motor.
The measurement stops automatically when the motor is fully charged.
Clear result Deletes the results of the selected measurement.
Delete measurement Deletes the selected measurement row.
Add measurement Adds a new measurement row to the currently open test.
Refresh Updates the circuit breaker state.

11.2 Checking the circuit breaker state


With Primary Test Manager, you can check the circuit breaker state for the following tests:
• 17.1.5 "Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module" on page 129
• 17.1.6 "Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module" on page 138
• 17.5.1 "Timing test" on page 252

OMICRON 85
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 11-2: Circuit breaker state indicators

Indicator Description
Indicates the open state of the circuit breaker.

Indicates the closed state of the circuit breaker.

Indicates that the state of the circuit breaker’s phase could not be detected.

Primary Test Manager updates the circuit breaker state automatically after:
• You opened a test with the circuit breaker state indication.
• A measurement has finished.
• You reset or restored the hardware configuration.
• You reconfigured a CIBANO 500 channel from Main contact x to Closed x, Motor x or Disabled.
You can update the circuit breaker state manually by clicking Refresh.
Note: The detection of the circuit breaker state produces clicking sound in CIBANO 500.

86 OMICRON
Display measurement results

12 Display measurement results


For some tests, Primary Test Manager provides graphical display of measurement results. The graphical
display of the measurement results consists of the following parts: cursors, binary traces and analog
traces. Primary Test Manager displays the analog traces in the oscilloscope view.
► To display the measurement results graphically, click the Plot tab in the Measurements area, if
available.

Cursors

Binary traces

Analog traces

Figure 12-1: Example of the graphical display of measurement data

► To open a workspace for setting the cursors and graphical display options, click the arrow next to
Cursors & Settings in the upper-right corner of the window.

OMICRON 87
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

12.1 Cursor and graphical display options


Cursors tab
The graphical display provides two cursors for measuring the analog traces data. To read the data, move
the cursors in the cursor part of the graphical display. On the Cursors tab, you can view the
measurement results marked by the cursor 1 (C1), the measurement results marked by the cursor 2
(C2), and the difference between the two values (C2–C1). The Cursors tab displays the measured
analog traces selected on the Settings tab (for more information, see "Settings tab" later in this section).

Figure 12-2: Cursors & settings workspace: Cursors tab

Settings tab
► To set your preferred graphical display options, click the Settings tab.

Figure 12-3: Cursors & settings workspace: Settings tab

88 OMICRON
Display measurement results

On the Settings tab, you can do the following settings.

Table 12-1: Graphical display settings

Setting Description
Divisions Number of the graphical display divisions according to the ruler on the
Y-axis
Show samples Select the Show samples check box to display only the measured values.
Channel Channels of CIBANO 500 and the connected external modules
Label Editable label of the analog trace
Color Color of the analog trace
Unit/div. Number of units per division
Y-axis position Number of units (offset) the analog trace is displaced from 0

Because the graphical display may contain curves with different units, for example, Volts, Amperes or
Ohms, the scale on the Y-axis has no units but a unitless numbers called division (div). On the Settings
tab, you can set how many, for example, Amperes shows the graphical display per division. As an
example, the B-2 (A) channel in Figure 12-1: "Example of the graphical display of measurement data"
on page 87 has its highest peak at the seventh division. As the offset on the Y-axis is 1 division and the
magnitude is 1 A/div (see Figure 12-3: "Cursors & settings workspace: Settings tab" on page 88), the
peak close coil current is approx. (7–1)×1 = 6 A.
► To display a binary or analog trace, select the check box next to the trace.
Note: You can save all changes made to the graphical display options on the Settings tab. To save the
changes you have done, click Save job on the ribbon. The changed settings are reflected also in the test
reports.
► To display the numerical measurement results, click the Table tab in the Measurements area. For
the measurement data description, see "Measurement data" of the relevant test in 17 "Off-service
diagnostic methods" on page 118 and 18 "In-service diagnostic methods" on page 267.

OMICRON 89
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

12.2 Graphical comparison


Note: Graphical comparison is available only in the guided workflow.
With Primary Test Manager, you can visually compare up to ten measurement results. A typical use case
is to compare the latest measurement results with a previous measurement at the same circuit breaker.
To compare the measurement results:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the test you want to compare with other tests.
2. In the Measurements area, click the Plot tab.
3. Expand the Cursors & settings workspace on the right side of the Plot tab, and then click the Settings
tab.

Figure 12-4: Processing the graphical comparison

90 OMICRON
Display measurement results

4. On the Settings tab, click Add test for comparison.

Figure 12-5: Selecting a test for comparison

5. In the Select a test dialog box, select the test you want to compare with the currently open test. You
can search for the locations, assets, jobs and tests as described in 10.1 "Search for objects" on
page 78.
6. Primary Test Manager appends the test you added for comparison on a new tab in the
Cursors & Settings workspace, and the corresponding binary and analog traces appear in the
graphical display.
7. Set the graphical display options for the traces you want to compare.
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 for all tests you want to compare.

NOTICE
Loss of information possible
The graphical comparison information is not saved in the job. After you close the currently open job, the
graphical comparison information will be lost.
► To save the graphical comparison information, take a screenshot (see 7.1 "Guided test workflow" on
page 51) of the Measurements area. You can then attach the screenshot to the test report (see
13 "Generate test reports" on page 93).

OMICRON 91
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following figure shows an example of the graphical comparison.

Figure 12-6: Example of the graphical comparison of two measurements on the same asset

92 OMICRON
Generate test reports

13 Generate test reports


In the report view, you can configure and generate test reports.
► To open the report view, click the Report button in the left pane.

Figure 13-1: Report view

The report view is divided into the New report area, the Settings area and the Existing reports area.

13.1 Setting the report data


In the New report area, you can set the report data. The following table describes the report data.

Table 13-1: Report data

Data Description
Title Title of the report. Appears as the report header.
Report language Language the report is created in
Client Customer for which the report is designated
Summary Text field to summarize the content of the test report in own words

OMICRON 93
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Setting the logo


To insert your own logo:
1. In the New report area, click Select logo.
2. Browse to the file you want to insert.
► To set your own logo as default, click Set as default.

13.2 Generating test reports


In the Settings area, you can generate standard test reports or design your own Excel reports.

13.2.1 Standard test reports


► To generate a standard test report, click the PTM reports tab in the Settings area, and than
configure the test report by selecting the respective check boxes.
You can generate test reports as Microsoft Word documents or in PDF format.
► To generate a test report in your preferred format, click Report to Word or Report as PDF.

13.2.2 Customized Excel reports


With Primary Test Manager, you can generate Microsoft Excel reports to tailor test reports to your needs.
Note: To design the customized Excel reports, you must have the PTM Report Designer add-in installed
on your computer. You can download the PTM Report Designer add-in from the OMICRON Customer
Portal.
To generate a customized test report:
1. In the Settings area, click the Custom reports tab.
2. Click Report Designer.
3. Click Create Report Template to create a new report template or click
Choose an Existing Template to use an available template.
4. Click Design to design a report template as described in detail in13.2.3 "Designing the Excel report
templates" later in this section.
5. Click Preview to display the test report by using the report template.
6. Click Add to add the customized report template to the list of available Excel report templates.
7. To generate the test report in your preferred format, click Report to Excel or Report as PDF.

In the list of available Excel report templates, you can manage the templates by using the Open ,
Add and Remove buttons.

94 OMICRON
Generate test reports

13.2.3 Designing the Excel report templates


This section describes how to design report templates in Microsoft Excel. With the PTM Report Designer
add-in installed on your computer, the Excel workbook displays the PTM Report Designer menu and
the default Report Model view on the right.
► To load your own report model, click Load Model on the ribbon, and then browse to the report model
you want to use.

Figure 13-2: Blank Excel workbook with PTM Report Designer add-in

Create simple properties


To create simple properties in the Excel report template:
1. Select the simple property you want to create from the Report Model view.
2. In the Excel worksheet, select the cell where you want to place the property.
3. Click Create Variable on the ribbon or double-click the property in the Report Model view.

Use FlexCel tags


The FlexCel tags </> button on the ribbon provides three tags which help you manage the FlexCel
syntax. To edit the syntax of a cell:
1. In the Excel worksheet, select the cell the syntax of which you want to edit.
2. Click the FlexCel tags </> button on the ribbon, and then select the tag you want to apply to the cell.

OMICRON 95
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Add graphics
To add a graphic to the report template:
1. In the Report Model view, select the graphic you want to add to the report template.
2. In the Excel worksheet, select the cell where you want to place the graphic.
3. Click Add Picture on the ribbon.

Create data bands


Some data in the report model can be organized in a list format. You can represent this data in the report
template by data bands. To create a data band:
1. Select a list item from the Report Model view.
2. In the Excel worksheet, select the cells where you want to place the data band.
3. Click the Create Data Band button on the ribbon, and then select the data band type.

Figure 13-3: Data band types

4. After the data band has been created, the list item in the Report Model view is marked by a colored
rectangle.

13.3 Adding reports from file


The Existing reports area displays the test reports available for the job. In addition to the test reports
generated by Primary Test Manager, you can add other reports to jobs. To add a report to a job:
1. In the Existing reports area, click Add report from file.
2. Browse to the report you want to add to the job.

96 OMICRON
Circuit Breaker Testing Library

14 Circuit Breaker Testing Library


The Circuit Breaker Testing Library (CBTL) is a database of circuit breakers provided by OMICRON. You
can use it to specify your assets by loading the available data from the library into Primary Test Manager.
You can find a list of circuit breakers available in the CBTL on the OMICRON Customer Portal.
To go to this site:
1. Visit our website at www.omicronenergy.com, and then log in to the Customer Portal.
2. On the menu, click Software, and then click CIBANO 500.

14.1 Licensing
To use the Circuit Breaker Testing Library, you need a license. To get the license, contact your regional
OMICRON Service Center or sales partner. You can find our Service Center or sales partner closest to
you at www.omicronenergy.com. For information on how to enter the license key, see 6.4 "About" on
page 43.

14.2 Installation
You can install the Circuit Breaker Testing Library by running the installation file
CBTLSetup X.YZ SR1.exe, where X.YZ is the Primary Test Manager version. You can find the
installation file:
• On the delivered Circuit Breaker Testing Library DVD at
.\CBTLSetup X.YZ SR1.exe
• On the OMICRON Customer Portal
To go to the installation file, click Software, and then click CIBANO 500.
► To install the Circuit Breaker Testing Library, double-click the installation file.

14.3 Updating the CBTL


The installed Circuit Breaker Testing Library is periodically checked for updates. If an update is available,
the CBTL updater will prompt you to update the library. To update the CBTL without the prompt:
1. On the taskbar, click the Start button.
2. Expand the OMICRON folder, and then click Check for Circuit Breaker Testing Library updates.

14.4 Customizing the CBTL


You can customize the OMICRON Circuit Breaker Testing Library by adding your own asset data.
To add asset data to the Circuit Breaker Testing Library:
1. In the asset view, specify the asset.
2. Click Save to asset library on the ribbon.
You can export and import your own asset data from and into the Circuit Breaker Testing Library in
PTMLIB format.

OMICRON 97
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

To export asset data from the Circuit Breaker Testing Library:


1. On the Templates and libraries tab of the Settings dialog box, select the asset you want to export.
Note: You can filter the displayed data. To display the job templates, OMICRON CBTL data and your
own asset data, select the respective check boxes.

Figure 14-1: Exporting asset data into the Circuit Breaker Testing Library

2. Click the Export the selected template button .


3. Browse to the folder where you want to save the file.
To import asset data into the Circuit Breaker Testing Library:
1. On the Templates and libraries tab of the Settings dialog box, click the Import template
button .
2. Browse to the file you want to import.

98 OMICRON
Circuit Breaker Testing Library

14.5 Working with the CBTL


To load data from the Circuit Breaker Testing Library:
1. In the asset view, select Circuit breaker from the Asset list.

Figure 14-2: Loading data from the Circuit Breaker Testing Library

OMICRON 99
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. Click Load from asset library on the ribbon.

Figure 14-3: Choose Template dialog box

3. In the Choose Template dialog box, select the manufacturer, the manufacturer type and the name
of the circuit breaker you want to specify, and then click OK.

100 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

15 Circuit breaker data


The following table describes the circuit breaker data.

Table 15-1: Circuit breaker data

Data Description
Circuit breaker
Number of phases Number of the circuit breaker’s phases
Number of interrupters Number of the circuit breaker’s interrupters per phase
per phase
Pole operation Pole operation of the circuit breaker
Pre-insertion resistors Select the Pre-insertion resistors (PIR) check box if the circuit breaker
(PIR) contains pre-insertion resistors.
PIR value Pre-insertion resistor value
Grading capacitors Select the Grading capacitors check box if the circuit breaker contains
grading capacitors.
Capacitor value Grading capacitor value
Interrupting medium Interrupting medium of the circuit breaker
Tank type Type of the circuit breaker’s tank
Ratings
Rated frequency Rated frequency of the circuit breaker
Rated voltage L-L Rated voltage of the circuit breaker
Rated current Rated current of the circuit breaker
Rated short-circuit Rated short-circuit breaking current of the circuit breaker
breaking current
Short-circuit nominal Nominal duration of the short-circuiting
duration
Rated insulation level Basic impulse level rating of the circuit breaker
(BIL)
Rated interrupting time Rated interrupting time of the circuit breaker
Interrupting duty cycle Interrupting duty cycle of the circuit breaker
Rated power at closing Rated power of the circuit breaker at closing
Rated power at opening Rated power of the circuit breaker at opening
Rated power at motor Rated power of the circuit breaker at motor charge
charge
Contact system
Nominal total travel Total distance traveled by the contact during operation (excluding possible
over-travel)
For more information, see Figure 17-54: "Contact travel characteristics" on
page 256.

OMICRON 101
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 15-1: Circuit breaker data (continued)

Data Description
Damping time Time in which the damping units are engaged to decelerate the circuit
breaker’s moving contacts
Nozzle length Length of the circuit breaker’s nozzle
Others1
Total weight with oil/gas Total weight of the circuit breaker with oil or gas
Weight of oil/gas Weight of the circuit breaker’s oil or gas
Volume of oil/gas Volume of the circuit breaker’s oil or gas
Rated gas pressure Rated gas pressure of the circuit breaker at given temperature
Comment Comment on the circuit breaker
Attachments Attachments to the circuit breaker (see "Managing attachments" later in this
chapter)
1. Depending on the circuit breaker type

Managing attachments
Under Attachments, you can manage attachments to circuit breakers.
To add an attachment to a circuit breaker:
1. Click the Add button .
2. In the Select Files dialog box, browse to the file you want to attach to the circuit breaker.
To open an attachment, do one of the following:
► Select the attachment, and then click the Open button .
► Double click the attachment.
To delete an attachment from a circuit breaker:
1. Select the attachment you want to delete.
2. Click the Remove button .

102 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

15.1 Operating mechanism data


The following table describes the data of the circuit breaker’s operating mechanism.

Table 15-2: Operating mechanism data

Data Description
Number of trip coils Number of trip coils to operate the circuit breaker
Number of close coils Number of close coils to operate the circuit breaker
Component Operating mechanism’s component
Rated voltage Rated voltage of the operating mechanism’s component
Rated current Rated current of the operating mechanism’s component
DC Select the DC check box to set the component’s DC operation
AC Select the AC check box to set the component’s AC operation
Frequency AC operation frequency
Rated operating Rated operating pressure of the operating mechanism at given temperature
pressure1
Conversion tables
Name Name of the conversion table
Comment Comment on the conversion table
1. Only available for the hydraulic and pneumatic operating mechanisms

Conversion tables
To perform motion measurements on a circuit breaker a travel transducer needs to be applied to the
mechanical linkage. One goal of the motion measurement method is the assessment of the main
contacts within the interrupter unit. However, the interrupter units are not accessible by the motion
sensor directly. Therefore the sensors are applied to the connecting rod or the drive lever on the outside
of the interrupter unit. In order to still be able to get the motion path of the main contacts, you can
calculate it based on the measurements taken by the motion sensor.

OMICRON 103
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Figure 15-1: Mechanical linkage of a live-tank high-voltage circuit breaker

104 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

Main contact
total travel

Travel sensor

Before measurement After measurement

Figure 15-2: 60 degree travel at the travel sensor corresponds to 130 mm travel at the main contacts

For a basic circuit breaker design a contact factor is accurate enough for calculating the path of the main
contacts. Use conversion tables if there are more than one lever within the mechanical linkage between
the sensors.
Under Conversion tables, you can manage conversion tables for the contact travel calculation when
using angular transducers. You can load conversion tables in the native Megger format (.tbl) and as
comma-separated value files (.csv).

OMICRON 105
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The imported CSV files must comply with a special format in which the first line is reserved for a comment
and the second line specifies the units “degree” and “mm” separated by a semicolon (“;”). All following
lines consist of one value pair per line that specifies the transducer movement in degrees and the
converted movement in millimeters separated by a semicolon. The following example shows the general
CSV format structure.

comment; THIS IS AN EXAMPLE COMMENT


degree;mm
-10.00;-9.00
-9.90;-8.91
...
119.80;241.14
119.90;241.04

To add a conversion table:


1. Click the Add button .
2. In the Open dialog box, browse to the conversion table you want to add.
Note: To rename a conversion table, click the conversion table, and then edit the conversion table name.
► To delete a conversion table, click the Remove button next to the conversion table.

15.2 Bushing data


For the data of the circuit breaker’s bushings, see 16 "Spare bushing data" on page 116.

106 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

15.3 Assessment limits


15.3.1 Absolute assessment limits
The following tables describe the circuit breaker’s absolute assessment limits.

Table 15-3: Contact resistance

R min R max
Contact resistance Minimum contact resistance Maximum contact resistance

Table 15-4: Operating times

t min t max
Opening time
Opening sync.
(contacts within a
phase)
Opening sync.
(between breaker
phases)
Closing time
Minimum operating time of main Maximum operating time of main
Closing sync.
contacts contacts
(contacts within a
phase)
Closing sync.
(between breaker
phases)
Reclosing time
Close-Open time
Open-Close time

OMICRON 107
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 15-5: Contact travel1

d min d max
Total travel, TT
Over-travel (Trip), OT
Over-travel (Close), OT Minimum distance of the contact Maximum distance of the contact
Rebound (Trip), RB travel travel
Rebound (Close), RB
Contact wipe, CW
Add velocity zone Click Add velocity zone to define a velocity zone for assessment of the
contact travel velocity
(see 15.4 "Velocity zones" on page 113).
1. Only available if testing with the CB TN3 modules

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

Table 15-6: Auxiliary contacts: Trip operation

t min t max
Switching time
(a-type), tswitch,a
Diff. to main
(a-type), Δta
Switching time
(b-type), tswitch,b Minimum operating time of auxiliary Maximum operating time of auxiliary
Diff. to main contacts contacts
(b-type), Δtb
Switching time
(wiper), tswitch,w
Duration
(wiper), Δtw

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

108 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

Table 15-7: Auxiliary contacts: Close operation

t min t max
Switching time
(a-type), tswitch,a
Diff. to main
(a-type), Δta
Switching time
(b-type), tswitch,b Minimum operating time of auxiliary Maximum operating time of auxiliary
Diff. to main contacts contacts
(b-type), Δtb
Switching time
(wiper), tswitch,w
Duration
(wiper), Δtw

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

Table 15-8: Miscellaneous

Minimum Maximum
Bounce time Minimum duration of the main Maximum duration of the main
contact bounce contact bounce
Bounce count Minimum number of main contact Maximum number of main contact
bounces within the bounce time bounces within the bounce time
PIR closing time Minimum closing time for Maximum closing time for
pre-insertion resistors pre-insertion resistors

Table 15-9: Coil currents

I min I max
Peak close coil current
Minimum coil current Maximum coil current
Peak trip coil current

Table 15-10: Pickup voltage

V min V max
Minimum pickup voltage
(close)
Minimum pickup voltage Maximum pickup voltage
Minimum pickup voltage
(trip)

OMICRON 109
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 15-11: Motor characteristics

Minimum Maximum
Inrush current
Minimum motor characteristic Maximum motor characteristic
Charging time

15.3.2 Relative assessment limits


The following tables describe the circuit breaker’s relative assessment limits.

Table 15-12: Contact resistance

R ref R dev
Contact resistance Reference contact resistance Allowed deviation from the reference
contact resistance

Table 15-13: Operating times

t ref –t dev +t dev


Opening time
Opening sync.
(contacts within a
phase)
Opening sync.
(between breaker
phases)
Closing time Allowed negative Allowed positive
Reference operating deviation from the deviation from the
Closing sync.
time of main contacts reference operating reference operating
(contacts within a
time of main contacts time of main contacts
phase)
Closing sync.
(between breaker
phases)
Reclosing time
Close-Open time
Open-Close time

110 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

Table 15-14: Contact travel1

d ref d dev
Total travel, TT
Over-travel (Trip), OT
Over-travel (Close), OT Reference distance of the contact Allowed deviation from the reference
Rebound (Trip), RB travel distance of the contact travel
Rebound (Close), RB
Contact wipe, CW
Add velocity zone Click Add velocity zone to define a velocity zone for assessment of the
contact travel velocity
(see 15.4 "Velocity zones" on page 113).
1. Only available if testing with the CB TN3 modules

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

Table 15-15: Auxiliary contacts: Trip operation

t ref t dev
Switching time
(a-type), tswitch,a
Diff. to main
(a-type), Δta
Switching time
(b-type), tswitch,b Reference operating time of auxiliary Allowed deviation from the reference
Diff. to main contacts operating time of auxiliary contacts
(b-type), Δtb
Switching time
(wiper), tswitch,w
Duration
(wiper), Δtw

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

OMICRON 111
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 15-16: Auxiliary contacts: Close operation

t ref t dev
Switching time
(a-type), tswitch,a
Diff. to main
(a-type), Δta
Switching time
(b-type), tswitch,b Reference operating time of auxiliary Allowed deviation from the reference
Diff. to main contacts operating time of auxiliary contacts
(b-type), Δtb
Switching time
(wiper), tswitch,w
Duration
(wiper), Δtw

Note: Click More information to open a diagram explaining the characteristics described in the table.

Table 15-17: Miscellaneous

Reference Deviation
Bounce time Reference duration of the main Allowed deviation from the reference
contact bounce bounce time
Bounce count Reference number of main contact Allowed deviation from the reference
bounces within the bounce time bounce count
PIR closing time Minimum closing time for Maximum closing time for
pre-insertion resistors pre-insertion resistors

Table 15-18: Coil currents

I ref –I dev +I dev


Peak close coil current Allowed negative Allowed positive
Reference coil current deviation from the deviation from the
Peak trip coil current
reference coil current reference coil current

Table 15-19: Pickup voltage

V ref V dev
Minimum pickup voltage
(close) Allowed deviation from the reference
Reference pickup voltage
Minimum pickup voltage pickup voltage
(trip)

112 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

Table 15-20: Motor characteristics

Reference Deviation
Inrush current Allowed deviation from the reference
Reference motor characteristic
Charging time motor characteristic

15.4 Velocity zones


To add a new zone for assessment of the contact travel velocity:
1. Under Contact travel, click Add velocity zone.
2. In the Define New Velocity Zone dialog box, set the configuration settings.
The following table describes the configuration settings of the velocity zones.

Table 15-21: Velocity zone settings

Setting Description
Operation Trip
Parameters
no offset
Distance (absolute)
Contact break
Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Zone start Initial contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
Distance (absolute)
Final contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
no offset
Sequence start (t=0)
Time
Parameters

OMICRON 113
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 15-21: Velocity zone settings (continued)

Setting Description
no offset
Distance (absolute)
Contact break
Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Initial contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
Zone end Distance (absolute)
Final contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
no offset
Sequence start (t=0)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Zone start Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Operation Close
Parameters
no offset
Distance (absolute)
Contact make
Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Zone start Initial contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
Distance (absolute)
Final contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
no offset
Sequence start (t=0)
Time
Parameters

114 OMICRON
Circuit breaker data

Table 15-21: Velocity zone settings (continued)

Setting Description
no offset
Distance (absolute)
Contact make
Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Initial contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
Zone end Distance (absolute)
Final contact position
Distance (% of total travel)
no offset
Sequence start (t=0)
Time
Distance (absolute)
Zone start Distance (% of total travel)
Time
Note: For the definitions of the velocity zone settings, see the graphic preview in the
Define New Velocity Zone dialog box.

OMICRON 115
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

16 Spare bushing data


The following table describes the spare bushing data.

Table 16-1: Spare bushing data

Data Description
Pos.1 Terminal of the asset to which the spare bushing is connected
Ratings
Rated frequency Rated frequency of the spare bushing
Insul. level LL (BIL) L-L basic impulse level rating of the spare bushing
Voltage L-ground Rated line-to-ground voltage
Max. system voltage Maximum voltage between phases during normal service
Rated current Rating current of the spare bushing
Manufacturer info
Catalog no. Catalog number of the spare bushing
Drawing no. Drawing number of the spare bushing
Style no. Style number of the spare bushing
Nominal values
PF (C1)/ Power factor, dissipation factor, or tangent delta of the capacitance C1
DF (C1)/ between the top of the spare bushing and the voltage/test tap
Tanδ (C1)2
Cap. (C1) Capacitance C1 between the top of the spare bushing and the voltage/test
tap
PF (C2)/ Power factor, dissipation factor, or tangent delta of the capacitance C2
DF (C2)/ between the voltage/test tap of the spare bushing and ground
Tanδ (C2)2
Cap. (C2) Capacitance C2 between the voltage/test tap of the spare bushing and
ground
Other
Insulation type Insulation type of the spare bushing
Outer insulation type Outer insulation type of the spare bushing
Comment Comment on the spare bushing
Attachments Attachments to the spare bushing (see "Managing attachments" later in this
chapter)
1. Only available for spare bushings mounted on another assets
2. Set by the selected profile

116 OMICRON
Spare bushing data

Managing attachments
Under Attachments, you can manage attachments to spare bushings.
To add an attachment to a spare bushing:
1. Click the Add button .
2. In the Select Files dialog box, browse to the file you want to attach to the spare bushing.
To open an attachment, do one of the following:
► Select the attachment, and then click the Open button .
► Double click the attachment.
To delete an attachment from a spare bushing:
1. Select the attachment you want to delete.
2. Click the Remove button .

OMICRON 117
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17 Off-service diagnostic methods


This section describes off-service testing of circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and its accessories.
Primary Test Manager in combination with CIBANO 500 supports the following off-service tests:
• Contact Resistance
• Timing
• Dynamic Contact Resistance
• Minimum Pickup
• Motor Current
• Insulation Resistance
• Timing (CSM)
• Demagnetization
The tests are grouped according to their application areas in:
• 17.1 "Testing medium-voltage circuit breakers" on page 119
• 17.2 "Testing high-voltage circuit breakers" on page 163
• 17.3 "Testing gas insulated switchgears with both sides grounded" on page 214
• 17.4 "Demagnetization" on page 246
• 17.5 "Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB TN3 modules" on page 252
Note: You can configure the tests in different ways as described earlier in this User Manual. For
conciseness, the wording open the test in the application procedures means clicking the test in the
Primary Test Manager workspace independently of how the test has been configured.

118 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.1 Testing medium-voltage circuit breakers


The medium-voltage (MV) circuit breakers are typically tested with CIBANO 500 only (without the
CB MC2 modules). If you want to test the MV circuit breakers with the CB MC2 modules, see
17.2 "Testing high-voltage circuit breakers" on page 163.

17.1.1 Safety precautions in the substation


Always observe the following safety rules:
► Disconnect completely.
► Secure against re-connection.
► Verify that the installation is dead.
► Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
► Provide protection against adjacent live parts.
► Ground the test object at one or more terminals during connecting, testing and disconnecting.
Separate your working area as shown in Figure 1-1: "Example of the separation of the work and high-
voltage test areas" on page 12 into a work area and a high-voltage test area when a test is running.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Never use the CIBANO 500 test set without a solid connection to ground.
► Ground CIBANO 500 with a cable of at least 6 mm2 cross-section as close as possible to the
operator.
Typical MV circuit breakers are opened and then removed from the rack according to the specifications
of the circuit breaker manufacturer and the substation regulations. We recommend disconnecting the
circuit breaker completely from the station, including the secondary connections, and to ground the
circuit breaker on one side. Because you can use CIBANO 500 to supply the circuit breaker during the
test, in this way the maximum safety is guaranteed.

17.1.2 Test set and software startup


To put CIBANO 500 into operation and start Primary Test Manager:
1. Connect the CIBANO 500 grounding terminals properly to the substation ground.
2. Connect CIBANO 500 to a computer with the delivered Ethernet cable and switch on the computer.
3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the mains power supply by using the delivered power cord.
4. Switch on CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the side panel. The green
status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel (see Figure 3-1: "Front view of CIBANO 500" on
page 17) flashes for a short time and then extinguishes for approximately one minute. After it lights
up, the CIBANO 500 outputs carry no dangerous voltage or current.
5. Start Primary Test Manager and connect to CIBANO 500 as described in 5.4 "Start Primary Test
Manager and connect to CIBANO 500" on page 28.

OMICRON 119
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.

Figure 17-1: Connecting to CIBANO 500

If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as described in 20.1 "Connecting to CIBANO 500" on page 295.
After you have started Primary Test Manager and connected to CIBANO 500, proceed as described
earlier in this User Manual. You can:
• Create new guided jobs (see 7 "Create new guided jobs" on page 50)
• Manage locations, assets, jobs and test reports (see 10 "Manage objects" on page 77)
• Create new manual jobs (see 8 "Create new manual jobs" on page 72)
• Open existing jobs (see 9 "Open jobs" on page 76)
• Generate test reports (see 13 "Generate test reports" on page 93)
The next sections describe the MV circuit breaker tests.

120 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.1.3 Test group execution


Primary Test Manager provides you with a powerful capability for executing test groups. For information
on grouping tests in test groups, see 7.5.2 "Group tests" on page 67. After you set the hardware
configuration of the test set and the test group settings, you can execute all tests of the test group
automatically by clicking the Start all button.
To execute a test group:
1. Group tests in a test group (see 7.5.2 "Group tests" on page 67).
2. Connect the test object to CIBANO 500.
3. In Primary Test Manager, open the test group you want to execute.
4. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration. For the hardware configuration
options of CIBANO 500, see Table 17-6: "Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500" on
page 129.

Figure 17-2: Hardware configuration of the test set for a test group

OMICRON 121
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the test group settings.

Table 17-1: Test group settings

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Main contact
Test current Current of the test
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate

6. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Test control area of
Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether your
CIBANO 500 is properly wired with the test object.
7. In the Test control area, click Start all.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

122 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

8. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel or click Stop all in Primary Test Manager.

Figure 17-3: Test group execution

9. Primary Test Manager executes the tests of the test group sequentially. Before a test is executed,
the circuit breaker is brought into the required state and the motor is supplied. After a test has been
executed, Primary Test Manager displays the execution and assessment status if the
Automatic assessment check box is selected in the tests.
Note: If a test in the test group is invalid, it will be skipped during the test group execution. You can
remove invalid tests before or after executing the test group.
10.After the test execution has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing and
the green status light is on.

OMICRON 123
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.1.4 Contact Resistance test


The Contact Resistance test measures the static resistance of the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
The Contact Resistance test can be performed only when the circuit breaker is closed. A typical MV
circuit breaker has manual operation buttons at its front plate to control the circuit breaker’s spring. If the
spring is not charged, first charge the spring as described in 17.1.9 "Motor Current test" on page 152,
and then close the circuit breaker.
Note: To increase the accuracy of the measurement results for the both-side grounded circuit breakers,
you can compensate for the resistance of the ground loop by making two measurements with the circuit
breaker closed and open. To compensate for the resistance of the ground loop, select the
Compensate ground loop resistance check box (see Table 17-3: "Settings of the Contact Resistance
test" on page 126).

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not use external power sources for the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
► During the test, supply the circuit breaker’s main contacts only with CIBANO 500.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Contact Resistance test.

Figure 17-4: Hardware configuration of the Contact Resistance test

124 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-2: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Current +
A2 Current +
A3 Current +
AN Not connected in this test
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Current –
B2 Current –
B3 Current –
BN Voltage Sense –
B4 Voltage Sense +

2. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for one phase according to the wiring
diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Tips & Tricks: For easy connection use the delivered multi-core cables and connect the end with the
short wires to the CIBANO 500 sockets according to the short-wire labels. Connect the cable end with
the long wires according to the wiring diagram to the corresponding Kelvin clamp. The black AN cable
is not needed for this test and remains unconnected.

I V

Figure 17-5: Principal scheme of the contact resistance test

Tips & Tricks: The delivered Kelvin clamp is the perfect solution for connecting to a massive conductor
like a copper busbar or similar. We recommend using only the red connectors of the Kelvin clamps
(which is the current path) when connecting to the contact fingers of a MV circuit breaker. Use a
separate clamp for the voltage sense cables (BN and B4) which can be mounted closer to the MV
circuit breaker contact. If the connection is set up properly the resistance decreases when the voltage
sense clamps are connected closer to the circuit breaker contact. The polarity of connection does not
matter for this test.

OMICRON 125
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Contact Resistance test.

Table 17-3: Settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Main contact

Test current1 Current of the test (typically 100 A)

Other
Grounding Grounding of the circuit breaker under test
Compensate ground Select the Compensate ground loop resistance check box to
loop resistance compensate for the resistance of the ground loop.
1. For normal circuit breakers always use 100 A.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-4: Advanced settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Test conditions

Ambient temperature1 Ambient temperature on site

Main contact

V DC range2 DC voltage measurement range

CT mode3,4 Select the Enabled check box to enable CT mode for measuring circuit
breakers with current transformers (CT).

Test duration4 Duration of the test

1. Only for reference in the report, the result is not temperature compensated.
2. For normal circuit breakers the lowest range is recommended. Only if the result is “infinite” select a higher range.
3. Data taken from the nameplate (for circuit breakers with dead tank and GIS)
4. Only available for circuit breakers with integrated current transformer, such as dead-tank and GIS

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.

126 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

4. In the Measurements area, select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

7. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for the next phase according to the
wiring diagram provided by Primary Test Manager. To display the wiring diagram, click the
Wiring diagram button. Click in the diagram to close it.
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all phases.
9. For the measurement results, see Table 17-5: "Contact Resistance measurement data" on
page 128.
If you selected the Compensate ground loop resistance check box, proceed as follows:
1. Open the circuit breaker.
2. In the Measurements area of Primary Test Manager, select the breaker state Open.
3. Select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
4. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
5. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

6. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for the next phase according to the
wiring diagram provided by Primary Test Manager. To display the wiring diagram, click the
Wiring diagram button. Click in the diagram to close it.

OMICRON 127
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 for all phases.

Table 17-5: Contact Resistance measurement data

Data Description
Channel Current +/–
Phase Measured phase

I DC1 DC test current with the circuit breaker open

V DC1 Measured voltage with the circuit breaker open

R open1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker open

I DC DC test current with the circuit breaker closed


V DC Measured voltage with the circuit breaker closed

R closed1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker closed

R meas Measured contact resistance


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available if the Compensate ground loop resistance check box is selected.

Disconnection
For disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 158.

128 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.1.5 Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module
The Timing test measures the contact timing of the circuit breaker. Depending on the selected sequence
all relevant timing values are automatically calculated.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.

Figure 17-6: Hardware configuration of the Timing test

Table 17-6: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Main contact A, Close A, Motor A, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
A2 Main contact B, Close B, Motor B, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
A3 Main contact C, Close C, Motor C, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip A, Trigger IN1, I clamp 1 or Disabled

OMICRON 129
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-6: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


B2 Trip B, Close, Trigger IN1, I clamp 2 or Disabled
B3 Trip C, Supply, Trigger IN1, I clamp 3 or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Trigger IN1, I clamp 4, Motor or Disabled
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker for all phases according to the
wiring diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

A1
A2
A3
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil M

Figure 17-7: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the Timing test

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Never connect CIBANO 500 between the respective AUX contacts of the trip and close coils and the
coils themselves since these contacts assure that the voltage is not applied too long to the coils.
► Connect CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker as shown in Figure 17-7: "Connecting CIBANO 500 to
the circuit breaker for the Timing test".

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Do not connect the DC coils with false polarity to prevent damaging the free running diodes.
► Always observe the right polarity of the DC coils.

130 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

5. Depending on the test requirements, connect CIBANO 500 to the motor of the circuit breaker.
6. In a typical test of a MV circuit breaker the motor is supplied from CIBANO 500. To do so, click the
B4 socket in the hardware configuration, and then click Motor. After that connect the B4 socket on
the side panel of CIBANO 500 to "+" or phase contact of the motor and the BN socket to "–" or neutral
contact of the motor.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Timing test.

Table 17-7: Settings of the Timing test


Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.1

Supply settings2,3 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.

Supply settings2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Main contact
Contact system Contact system of the circuit breaker under test
Select PIR to measure timing of contacts with pre-insertion resistors.

OMICRON 131
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-7: Settings of the Timing test (continued)


Setting Description
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

Trigger setting5
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
2. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
3. Data taken from the nameplate
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-8: Advanced settings of the Timing test

Setting Description
Main contact
Sine wave filter Select the Sine wave filter check box to suppress sinusoidal interference.
Start evaluation at Start time of the sine wave evaluation. Select the time at which the
sinusoidal interference is clearly present in the measurement signal.
Sine frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal interference
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test1 circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.

Sample rate Measurement sample rate

132 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-8: Advanced settings of the Timing test (continued)

Setting Description
Contact bounce filter
Main contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the main contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
See Table 17-9: "Timing test sequences" on page 134.
1. The Close breaker before test check box is only active if the test sequence begins with the open command and no output is
set to Trigger IN.

OMICRON 133
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following table explains the sequences of the Timing test.

Table 17-9: Timing test sequences

Sequence Action
O With this sequence, the opening time of the circuit breaker is measured.
Only for O and C sequences we recommend performing the test twice, once
with nominal voltage and once with 20% undervoltage to assure the
functionality of the circuit breaker for a weak station battery.
C This is the sequence to measure the closing time of the circuit breaker.
OC With this sequence, a closing operation after the circuit breaker has tripped
to clear a fault is simulated.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. An open
command initiates the sequence, followed by a dead time to clear the fault;
and finally a close command must close the circuit breaker. This sequence
is also known as reclosing sequence. To find out the shortest reclosing time
the circuit breaker can provide, the close command is already applied while
the circuit breaker is still opening. The circuit breaker then will close after
opening as fast as possible.
CO With this sequence, a tripping operation after the circuit breaker has been
closed under a fault condition (trip-free) or the verification of the correct
operation of the anti-pumping system is simulated.
To test the trip-free time the circuit breaker must be in the open position
before the test is started. The circuit breaker is closed and then during the
close operation is still in progress an open command is sent. The circuit
breaker then opens as fast as possible.
To test the anti-pumping function of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker
must be in closed position before the test is started. For this test the open
time is set shorter (typically 200 ms) than the closing time (typically 400 ms).
Ensure that the end time is increased so that the test sequence covers the
whole close command duration (typically at least 190 ms). When the close
command is sent the circuit breaker is already closed which initiates the
anti-pumping function. Then an open command is sent and the circuit
breaker trips. The closing command is still on when the open command
ends, but the circuit breaker should not "pump", so that it should not close
again.
O-CO With this sequence, a reclose sequence (OC) under a fault condition is
simulated. If the fault is not released, the circuit breaker must open (O)
immediately and remain in this position.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. The sequence
begins with an open command, after a dead time the close and open
commands (CO) must be applied at the same time (delay time typically
300 ms).

134 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For example, to test
an O sequence, the circuit breaker must be closed and the spring charged.
5. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.

OMICRON 135
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The operating times depend on the sequence of the trip and close commands. The following table
describes the operating times for all measurement sequences.

Table 17-10: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Closing time Contact closing time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Closing sync. Closing synchronization time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Reclosing time Contact reclosing time of OC operation
Open-close time Contact open-close time of O-CO, CO-CO, and O-CO-CO operation
Close-open time 1 Contact close-open time of CO and O-CO operation
Close-open time 2 Second contact close-open time of CO-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per contact, phase or circuit breaker.

Table 17-11: Auxiliary contact characteristics1

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences

136 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-12: Main contact characteristics

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to

Bounce time1 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count1 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences

Table 17-13: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-8: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on page 132)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-8: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on page 132)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
For disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 158.

OMICRON 137
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.1.6 Timing test with CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module
The Timing test measures the contact timing of the circuit breaker. Depending on the selected sequence
all relevant timing values are automatically calculated.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.

Figure 17-8: Hardware configuration of the Timing test

138 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-14: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Main contact A, Close A, Motor A, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
A2 Main contact B, Close B, Motor B, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
A3 Main contact C, Close C, Motor C, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip A, Trigger IN1, I clamp 1 or Disabled
B2 Trip B, Close, Trigger IN1, I clamp 2 or Disabled
B3 Trip C, Supply, Trigger IN1, I clamp 3, or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Trigger IN1, I clamp 4, Motor or Disabled
C-INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Dry contact
(potential-free)
C1 AUX 1 Trigger IN1 or Disabled
Wet contact
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free)
C2 AUX 2 Trigger IN1or Disabled
Wet contact
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free)
C3 AUX 3 Trigger IN1or Disabled
Wet contact
(with potential)
CN Neutral connection of inputs in group C
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.

OMICRON 139
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker for all phases according to the
wiring diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

CIBANO 500

Spring
charged

Trip coil Close coil

Motion Mechanical
sensor linkage

Figure 17-9: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the Timing test

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Never connect CIBANO 500 between the respective AUX contacts of the trip and close coils and the
coils themselves since these contacts assure that the voltage is not applied too long to the coils.
► Connect CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker as shown in Figure 17-9: "Connecting CIBANO 500 to
the circuit breaker for the Timing test".

140 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Do not connect the DC coils with false polarity to prevent damaging the free running diodes.
► Always observe the right polarity of the DC coils.
5. Depending on the test requirements, connect CIBANO 500 to the motor of the circuit breaker.
6. In a typical test of a MV circuit breaker the motor is supplied from CIBANO 500. To do so, click the
B4 socket in the hardware configuration, and then click Motor. After that connect the B4 socket on
the side panel of CIBANO 500 to "+" or phase contact of the motor and the BN socket to "–" or neutral
contact of the motor.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Timing test.

Table 17-15: Settings of the Timing test


Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.1

Supply settings2,3 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.

Supply settings2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.

OMICRON 141
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-15: Settings of the Timing test (continued)


Setting Description
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Main contact
Contact system Contact system of the circuit breaker under test
Select PIR to measure timing of contacts with pre-insertion resistors.
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

Trigger setting5
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
2. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
3. Data taken from the nameplate
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A, group B or group C is set to Trigger IN.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-16: Advanced settings of the Timing test

Setting Description
Main contact
Sine wave filter Select the Sine wave filter check box to suppress sinusoidal interference.
Start evaluation at Start time of the sine wave evaluation. Select the time at which the
sinusoidal interference is clearly present in the measurement signal.
Sine frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal interference
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test1 circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.

Sample rate Measurement sample rate


Contact bounce filter

142 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-16: Advanced settings of the Timing test (continued)

Setting Description
Main contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the main contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil

Begin of contact movement2


Trip operation/ Deviation of the contact travel from the rest position in percent of the total
Close operation travel

Begin of contact damping3


Contact travel deviation Deviation of the actual contact travel from the distance the contact would
travel with its maximum velocity in percent of the total travel
Start evaluation at Start contact travel for the evaluation of the contact travel deviation
End evaluation at End contact travel for the evaluation of the contact travel deviation
Sequence
See Table 17-17: "Timing test sequences" on page 144.
1. The Close breaker before test check box is only active if the test sequence begins with the open command and no output is
set to Trigger IN.
2. Only available for O and C sequences and if the CB TN3 module is connected
3. Only available for O sequence and if the CB TN3 module is connected

OMICRON 143
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following table explains the sequences of the Timing test.

Table 17-17: Timing test sequences

Sequence Action
O With this sequence, the opening time of the circuit breaker is measured.
Only for O and C sequences we recommend performing the test twice, once
with nominal voltage and once with 20% undervoltage to assure the
functionality of the circuit breaker for a weak station battery.
C This is the sequence to measure the closing time of the circuit breaker.
OC With this sequence, a closing operation after the circuit breaker has tripped
to clear a fault is simulated.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. An open
command initiates the sequence, followed by a dead time to clear the fault;
and finally a close command must close the circuit breaker. This sequence
is also known as reclosing sequence. To find out the shortest reclosing time
the circuit breaker can provide, the close command is already applied while
the circuit breaker is still opening. The circuit breaker then will close after
opening as fast as possible.
CO With this sequence, a tripping operation after the circuit breaker has been
closed under a fault condition (trip-free) or the verification of the correct
operation of the anti-pumping system is simulated.
To test the trip-free time the circuit breaker must be in the open position
before the test is started. The circuit breaker is closed and then during the
close operation is still in progress an open command is sent. The circuit
breaker then opens as fast as possible.
To test the anti-pumping function of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker
must be in closed position before the test is started. For this test the open
time is set shorter (typically 200 ms) than the closing time (typically 400 ms).
Ensure that the end time is increased so that the test sequence covers the
whole close command duration (typically at least 190 ms). When the close
command is sent the circuit breaker is already closed which initiates the
anti-pumping function. Then an open command is sent and the circuit
breaker trips. The closing command is still on when the open command
ends, but the circuit breaker should not "pump", so that it should not close
again.
O-CO With this sequence, a reclose sequence (OC) under a fault condition is
simulated. If the fault is not released, the circuit breaker must open (O)
immediately and remain in this position.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. The sequence
begins with an open command, after a dead time the close and open
commands (CO) must be applied at the same time (delay time typically
300 ms).

144 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For example, to test
an O sequence, the circuit breaker must be closed and the spring charged.
5. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.

OMICRON 145
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The operating times depend on the sequence of the trip and close commands. The following table
describes the operating times for all measurement sequences.

Table 17-18: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Closing time Contact closing time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Closing sync. Closing synchronization time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Reclosing time Contact reclosing time of OC operation
Open-close time Contact open-close time of O-CO, CO-CO, and O-CO-CO operation
Close-open time 1 Contact close-open time of CO and O-CO operation
Close-open time 2 Second contact close-open time of CO-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per contact, phase or circuit breaker.

Table 17-19: Auxiliary contact characteristics1

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences

Table 17-20: Main contact characteristics

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to

146 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-20: Main contact characteristics (continued)

Data Description

Bounce time1 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count1 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences

Table 17-21: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on
page 142)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on
page 142)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
For disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 158.

17.1.7 Dynamic Contact Resistance test


The Dynamic Contact Resistance test is typically not done on MV circuit breakers and can be performed
only with the CB MC2 modules in connection with CIBANO 500. For more information, see
17.2.7 "Dynamic Contact Resistance test" on page 189.

OMICRON 147
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.1.8 Minimum Pickup test


The Minimum Pickup test determines the minimum voltage required to trip or close the circuit breaker.
By using the internal power source of CIBANO 500, the coil supply voltage is increased step by step
through an automated test sequence until the circuit breaker operates.
Note: To perform the Minimum Pickup test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Minimum Pickup test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
Often you can leave the cables as already connected in the previous test. Unused sockets can
remain connected.

Figure 17-10: Hardware configuration of the Minimum Pickup test

Table 17-22: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)1
1 External source or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Motor A or Disabled
A2 Motor B or Disabled
A3 Motor C or Disabled

148 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-22: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


AN Common neutral connection for outputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip or Disabled
B2 Close or Disabled
B3 Supply or Disabled
BN Common neutral connection for outputs in group B
B4 Motor or Disabled
1. Cannot be used to supply the trip or close coil because a variable voltage is needed, however it can be used to supply the
motor.
3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram
displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:

1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Minimum Pickup test.

Table 17-23: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Coil supply

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Test sequence
Coil supply voltage start Start voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage end End voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage step Stepwise voltage increase of the automated test sequence
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.

OMICRON 149
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-23: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test (continued)

Setting Description

Supply settings1,2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
1. Only available in the guided test workflow
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. Only available if CIBANO 500 is selected as source

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-24: Advanced settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Supply during coil supply
Enable Select the Enable check box to supply voltage on the B3 socket during test
execution.1
Supply voltage Voltage supplied on the B3 socket (same as the coil supply voltage)
Supply before test Time interval within which the voltage is supplied before the test starts
Test sequence
Command impulse Duration of the command pulse of the automated test sequence
duration
Pause between Time interval between impulses of the automated test sequence
impulses
1. The B3 socket must be configured as Supply and the coil supply voltage must be specified.

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For testing the
minimum pickup by the open sequence the circuit breaker must be closed and vice versa.

150 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

5. In the Measurements area, select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
Note: If you connect, for example, three coils of three phases in parallel not all might operate at the
same voltage. In this case the test will run until the last phase has operated and the highest voltage
(worst case) will be shown.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

Table 17-25: Minimum Pickup measurement data

Data Description
No. Number of the measurement
Operation Trip or close
V pickup Pickup voltage of the coil under test
Assessment Measurement assessment

Disconnection
For disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 158.

OMICRON 151
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.1.9 Motor Current test


The Motor Current test records the supply voltages and currents of the circuit breaker's charging
motor(s).
Note: To perform the Motor Current test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Motor Current test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
3. After setting the hardware configuration, connect the B4 socket on the side panel of CIBANO 500 to
"+" or phase contact of the motor and the BN socket to "–" or neutral contact of the motor.
Note: Do not connect Trigger IN and current clamps to the same neutral connection socket of the
group A or group B.

Figure 17-11: Hardware configuration of the Motor Current test

Note: You can control three circuit breaker’s motors simultaneously. In this case connect the phase
contact of the motor 1 to the A1 socket, the phase contact of the motor 2 to the A2 socket, the phase
contact of the motor 3 to the A3 socket, and the neutral motor contacts to the AN socket.

152 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-26: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)

A1 Motor A, Trigger IN1 or Disabled

A2 Motor B, Trigger IN1 or Disabled

A3 Motor C, Trigger IN1 or Disabled


AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Trip

Trigger IN1
all
B1 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 1 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
Close

Trigger IN1
all
B2 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 2 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
Supply

Trigger IN1
all
B3 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 3 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B

OMICRON 153
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-26: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


Motor

Trigger IN1
all
B4 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 4 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

4. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
5. Connect CIBANO 500 to the motor of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram displayed in
Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

Motor (for example, B4)

Motor

End position switch

Common (for example, BN)

Figure 17-12: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the Motor Current test (The end position
switch opens when the spring is charged.)

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Motor Current test.

154 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-27: Settings of the Motor Current test

Setting Description
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.

Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.3

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.

Current clamp settings5


Channel Group B I/O socket
Ratio Current clamp ratio
I max Maximum current of the selected probe range

Trigger setting6
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.

OMICRON 155
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.


5. Only available if at least one output in group B is set to I clamp x.
6. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-28: Advanced settings of the Motor Current test

Setting Description
Other
Sample rate Measurement sample rate
Charging current
Begin Start of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor
End End of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor
3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.
► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: In emergency cases, you can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the
Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the charging process has finished, CIBANO 500 stops the measurement automatically.
The lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the green status light is on, and Primary
Test Manager displays the measurement results.

156 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

The following figure shows an example of the Motor Current test graphical results.

Figure 17-13: Example of the Motor Current test graphical results

To display the numerical measurement results, click the Table tab in the Measurements area.

Table 17-29: Motor characteristics

Data Description
Inrush current Maximum current drawn by the motor
On a DC motor, the inrush current is usually reached during the startup
phase.
Charging time Time the motor needs to charge the spring
The spring is used to store the energy for a trip or close operation.
Charging current Average charging current of the motor (see Charging current settings in
Table 17-28: "Advanced settings of the Motor Current test" on page 156)
Minimum voltage Minimum motor supply voltage during the charging operation of the motor
Assessment Measurement assessment

OMICRON 157
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
► Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect all cables from the circuit breaker.
5. Disconnect all cables from CIBANO 500.
6. Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
7. Disconnect the mains power cord.
8. Remove the equipotential ground as the last connection that is removed first on the substation side
and then from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

158 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.1.10 Insulation Resistance test


The Insulation Resistance test is used to import or enter data from an insulation testing device.

Table 17-30: Insulation Resistance test settings

Setting Description
Test conditions
Test object temperature Temperature of the test object
Custom test conditions Activate the Custom test conditions check box to set test conditions
differing from the global test conditions.
Ambient temperature Ambient temperature on site
Humidity Relative ambient humidity
Calculations
PI calculation Calculation of polarization index
Time 1 In the standard PI calculation, the testing device is applied and insulation
resistance measurements are taken after 60 seconds (Time 1) and 600
Time 2
seconds (Time 2).
The polarization index (PI) is calculated as follows:
R 600
PI = -----------
R 60

DAR calculation Calculation of dielectric absorption ratio


Time 1 In the standard DAR calculation, the testing device is applied and
insulation resistance measurements are taken after 30 seconds (Time 1)
Time 2
and 60 seconds (Time 2).
The dielectric absorption ratio (DAR) is calculated as follows:
R 60
DAR = --------
R 30

Correction factors
Temperature correction Select the Temperature correction check box to activate temperature
correction.
Correction temp. Temperature correction factor

OMICRON 159
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-31: Insulation Resistance measurement data

Setting Description
Test data To import a file containing test data:
► Click Add to browse your computer and add data from a file.
To directly import data from a measurement file:
► Open the file on your computer.
► In the file press CTRL+A to mark all content, and then press CTRL+C
to copy.
► In Primary Test Manager press Paste from clipboard.
The results may take a few seconds to load.
Measurement Name or number of the measurement
PI Polarization index
DAR Dielectric absorption ratio
Time Time at which the given values were recorded
Voltage
Voltage and current values recorded at the Time specified in the first
V DC
column
I DC

160 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.1.11 Testing with external power supply


If you use an external power supply (for example, the station battery) for supplying the motor or the coils
of the circuit breaker during the test, connect the external power supply to the V IN input of CIBANO 500
and wire the N and BN sockets as shown in the following figure.

Manual Manual
trip close

Trip Close
coil coil
M
AUX AUX
trip close

Wire the sockets

Figure 17-14: Wiring the CIBANO 500 sockets for testing with external power supply

17.1.12 Continuous power supply


CIBANO 500 provides a continuous power supply on the B3 socket to supply, for example, circuit
breakers with electronic control boards prior to the test and whenever it is needed. After you have
connected to CIBANO 500, you can configure the continuous power supply in the Primary Test Manager
status bar.
Note: The continuous power supply is not available for the Contact Resistance test with CIBANO 500
only (see 17.1.4 "Contact Resistance test" on page 124) and the Minimum Pickup test (see
17.1.8 "Minimum Pickup test" on page 148). If you have activated the continuous power supply and you
open one of these tests, Primary Test Manager will prompt you to deactivate the continuous power
supply before executing the test.
To configure the continuous power supply:
1. In the status bar, click Edit.

Figure 17-15: Supply settings dialog box

OMICRON 161
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. In the Supply settings dialog box, enter the supply voltage you want to use for testing your circuit
breaker.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch the B3 socket and any connected cables after you have activated the continuous
power supply.
► Always use a strobe light to warn the operating personnel of the possibly dangerous operating
condition.
► To activate the continuous power supply, click ON in the status bar. After you click Activate in the
Activate power supply dialog box, the configured supply voltage is applied to the B3 socket, and
the red light on the front panel will be flashing indicating possibly dangerous operating condition.
Note: If you have activated the continuous power supply, the coil supply settings are not available
because the supply voltage is set by the continuous power supply.

CAUTION
Personal injury due to unexpected operation of the circuit breaker possible
► Before deactivating the continuous power supply, open the circuit breaker.
► To deactivate the continuous power supply, click OFF in the status bar.

162 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2 Testing high-voltage circuit breakers


The high-voltage (HV) circuit breakers are typically tested with the CB MC2 and CB TN3 modules in
connection with CIBANO 500. If you want to test the HV circuit breakers without the CB MC2 modules,
see 17.1 "Testing medium-voltage circuit breakers" on page 119. In this case read both sections
carefully and use Primary Test Manager as described in 17.1 "Testing medium-voltage circuit breakers"
on page 119 but observe also the safety rules and tips and tricks relevant for testing the HV circuit
breakers.

17.2.1 Safety precautions in the substation

DANGER
Death or severe injury caused by a lightning discharge
► Do not connect the test set to the test object if there is a possibility of a thunderstorm over any
part of the system.
► Always observe the weather conditions while testing with CIBANO 500.
Always observe the following safety rules:
• Disconnect completely.
• Secure against re-connection.
• Verify that the installation is dead.
• Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
• Provide protection against adjacent live parts.
• Ground the test object at one or more terminals during connecting, testing and disconnecting.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not test with CIBANO 500 without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
Separate your working area as shown in Figure 1-1: "Example of the separation of the work and high-
voltage test areas" on page 12 into a work area and a high-voltage test area when a test is running. Set
up a suitable barrier and, if applicable, status lights to protect others from accessing the high-voltage test
area and accidentally touching live parts.
If there is a longer distance between the location of CIBANO 500 and the high-voltage test area (that is,
the test object), a second person with an additional Emergency Stop button is required.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Never use the CIBANO 500 test set without a solid connection to ground.
► Ground CIBANO 500 with a cable of at least 6 mm2 cross-section as close as possible to the
operator.

OMICRON 163
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.2.2 Test set and software startup


To put CIBANO 500 into operation and start Primary Test Manager:
1. Connect the CIBANO 500 grounding terminals properly to the substation ground.
2. Connect CIBANO 500 to a computer with the delivered Ethernet cable and switch on the computer.
3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the mains power supply by using the delivered power cord.
4. Switch on CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the side panel. The green
status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel (see Figure 3-1: "Front view of CIBANO 500" on
page 17) flashes for a short time and then extinguishes for approx. one minute. After it lights up, the
CIBANO 500 outputs carry no dangerous voltage or current.
5. Start Primary Test Manager and connect to CIBANO 500 as described in 5.4 "Start Primary Test
Manager and connect to CIBANO 500" on page 28.
If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.

Figure 17-16: Connecting to CIBANO 500

If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as described in 20.1 "Connecting to CIBANO 500" on page 295.
After you have started Primary Test Manager and connected to CIBANO 500, proceed as described
earlier in this User Manual. You can:
• Create new guided jobs (see 7 "Create new guided jobs" on page 50)
• Manage locations, assets, jobs and test reports (see 10 "Manage objects" on page 77)
• Create new manual jobs (see 8 "Create new manual jobs" on page 72)
• Open existing jobs (see 9 "Open jobs" on page 76)
• Generate test reports (see 13 "Generate test reports" on page 93)
The next sections describe the HV circuit breaker tests.

164 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.3 Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2
modules
One or two interrupters per phase
When testing circuit breakers with one or two interrupters per phase you can hook up the CB MC2
modules to all interrupters at the same time, without reconnecting them during any of the following tests.
Circuit Circuit Circuit
breaker breaker breaker
control control control

CB TN3

Motion
sensor
Mechanical linkage

L1 L2 L3

CIBANO 500

A1 A2 A3 AN

B1 B2 B3 BN B4

CB MC2 CB MC2 CB MC2

Figure 17-17: High-voltage section of a circuit breaker with two interrupters per phase with directly
connected CB MC2 modules

OMICRON 165
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The CB MC2 modules can be directly connected to the EtherCAT® module of the main devices or via
the EtherCAT® hub as shown in the following figure.
Circuit Circuit Circuit
breaker breaker breaker
control control control

CB TN3

Motion
sensor
Mechanical linkage

L1 L2 L3
CIBANO 500

A1 A2 A3 AN

B1 B2 B3 BN B4

CN C1 C2 C3

CB MC2 CB MC2 CB MC2

EHB1 EtherCAT®

Figure 17-18: High-voltage section of a circuit breaker with two interrupters per phase with the CB MC2
modules connected via the EtherCAT® hub

166 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Three to six interrupters per phase


If you want to test circuit breakers with more than two interrupters per phase simultaneously phase by
phase, connect the EtherCAT® hub to the main device as shown in the following figure.
Circuit Circuit Circuit
breaker breaker breaker
control control control

CB TN3

Motion
sensor
Mechanical linkage

L1 L2 L3
CIBANO 500

A1 A2 A3 AN

B1 B2 B3 BN B4

CB MC2 CB MC2 CB MC2

EHB1 EtherCAT®

Figure 17-19: Example of simultaneous measurement of the circuit breakers with up to four interrupters
per phase

OMICRON 167
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.2.4 Test group execution


Primary Test Manager provides you with a powerful capability for executing test groups. For information
on grouping tests in test groups, see 7.5.2 "Group tests" on page 67. After you set the hardware
configuration of the test set and the test group settings, you can execute all tests of the test group
automatically by clicking the Start all button.
To execute a test group:
1. Group tests in a test group (see 7.5.2 "Group tests" on page 67).
2. Connect the test object to CIBANO 500.
3. In Primary Test Manager, open the test group you want to execute.
4. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB MC2 modules. For the hardware configuration options of
CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2 module, see Table 17-38: "Hardware configuration options of
CIBANO 500" on page 179 and Table 17-39: "Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2
module" on page 180.

Figure 17-20: Hardware configuration of the test set for a test group

168 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

5. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the test group settings.

Table 17-32: Test group settings

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured supply setting from the asset data or select Custom
to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Main contact
Test current per channel Output current of each CB MC2 current channel3

Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. In general, we recommend the maximum current of 100 A for maximum accuracy. If during a test the time the circuit breaker
is closed should be longer than 1.5 s you might necessarily reduce the test current to drive the current for the whole test
duration. Normally, times of 1.5 seconds are however unproblematic.

6. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Test control area of
Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether your
CIBANO 500 is properly wired with the test object.
7. In the Test control area, click Start all.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

OMICRON 169
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

8. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel or click Stop all in Primary Test Manager.

Figure 17-21: Test group execution

9. Primary Test Manager executes the tests of the test group sequentially. Before a test is executed,
the circuit breaker is brought into the required state, the motor is supplied and the CB MC2 modules
are charged. After a test has been executed, Primary Test Manager displays the execution and
assessment status if the Automatic assessment check box is selected in the tests.
Note: If a test in the test group is invalid, it will be skipped during the test group execution. You can
remove invalid tests before or after executing the test group.
10.After the test execution has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing and
the green status light is on.

170 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.5 Contact Resistance test


The Contact Resistance test measures the static resistance of the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
Note: To increase the accuracy of the measurement results for the both-side grounded circuit breakers,
you can compensate for the resistance of the ground loop by making two measurements with the circuit
breaker closed and open. To compensate for the resistance of the ground loop, select the
Compensate ground loop resistance check box (see Table 17-35: "Settings of the Contact
Resistance test" on page 174).

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not use external power sources for the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
► During the test, supply the circuit breaker’s main contacts only with CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.
1. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
2. Connect the CB MC2 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.
3. Hook up the CB MC2 to the first or the first two interrupter(s) of the circuit breaker.
4. Connect the CB MC2 to the main contact of the circuit breaker with the delivered cables and clamps.

Tips & Tricks: The delivered Kelvin clamp is the perfect solution for connecting to a massive conductor
like a copper busbar or similar. If you cannot connect in this way, use the Kelvin clamp as a normal
current clamp only for current injection (6 mm connector) and use a separate crocodile clamp for
voltage sensing. Then connect the voltage sense closer to the circuit breaker contact than the current
clamp.
Because sometimes it is difficult to connect to the center point between two interrupters by using the
Kelvin clamp, one pair of Y-clamps is shipped with each CB MC2 module. With the Y-clamps you can
connect alternatively, even cutting through paint with the clamp. In this case connect the voltage sense
clamp on the other side of the central housing opposite to the current injection clamp.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for all interrupters you want to test.
6. In Primary Test Manager, open the Contact Resistance test.

OMICRON 171
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB MC2 modules.

Figure 17-22: Hardware configuration of the Contact Resistance test

Table 17-33: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Disabled
A2 Disabled
A3 Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip or Disabled
B2 Close or Disabled
B3 Supply or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Motor or Disabled

172 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-34: Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2 module

CB MC2 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 module

Phase Editable phase assignment of the CB MC2 module (stored on the device)
Channel Channel of the CB MC2 module
Active Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel.
Combine Click the Combine check box to combine the channels of the CB MC2
module. The combined CB MC2 channels can both be either active or
inactive. The measurement results are labeled with the name of channel 1,
and the voltage is only measured on channel 1.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 channel

Charge Indicates the charge status of the CB MC2 module.


LED Click the LED symbol to identify the connected CB MC2 module by flashing
LED.
1. Permanently stored in the CB MC2 memory. You can, for example, mark your CB MC2 modules with the colored stickers and
name them according to the colors. You can also rename the CB MC2 modules depending on the connection point.

For the basic connection diagram, see Figure 17-5: "Principal scheme of the contact resistance test" on
page 125 and 17.2.3 "Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2 modules" on
page 165.

OMICRON 173
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Contact Resistance test.

Table 17-35: Settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.1

Supply settings2,3 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Note: To perform the undervoltage trip and undervoltage close tests set the
coil supply voltage lower than the nominal voltage.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Main contact
Test current per channel Output current of each CB MC2 current channel5

Other
Grounding Grounding of the circuit breaker under test
Compensate ground Select the Compensate ground loop resistance check box to
loop resistance compensate for the resistance of the ground loop.

174 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-35: Settings of the Contact Resistance test (continued)

Setting Description
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

Supply settings2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
1. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
2. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
3. Data taken from the nameplate
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. In general, we recommend the maximum current of 100 A for maximum accuracy. If during a test the time the circuit breaker
is closed should be longer than 1.5 s you might necessarily reduce the test current to drive the current for the whole test
duration. Normally, times of 1.5 seconds are however unproblematic.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-36: Advanced settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.
Test conditions

Ambient temperature1 Ambient temperature on site

1. Only for reference in the report, the results are not temperature compensated.

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. In the Measurements area, click Start all.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

OMICRON 175
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the measurements have finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing,
the green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
7. For the measurement results, see Table 17-37: "Contact Resistance measurement data" later in this
section.
If you selected the Compensate ground loop resistance check box, proceed as follows:
1. Open the circuit breaker.
2. In the Measurements area of Primary Test Manager, select the breaker state Open.
3. In the Measurements area, click Start all.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

4. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
5. After the measurements have finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing,
the green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
Note: If the circuit breaker has an even number of interrupters per phase, the test is typically performed
with the circuit breaker grounded on both ends. In this case no compensation is needed because the
voltages of the two channels of each CB MC2 module cancel out each other which results in no current
through the ground loop.

Tips & Tricks: The connection to the center point between two circuit breaker’s interrupters can be
tricky.If you are not sure whether the connection you have made is good, you can verify the connection
as follows. Perform a measurement with only channel 1, then a measurement with channel 2, and
finally a measurement with both channels. If the results match you have a perfect center point
connection. If the results do not match you either have a bad center connection or the effect of the
ground loop, that affects the result only when measuring asymmetrically, is too big.

Table 17-37: Contact Resistance measurement data

Data Description
Channel Channel of the CB MC2 module
Phase Measured phase

I DC1 DC test current with the circuit breaker open

V DC1 Measured voltage with the circuit breaker open

R open1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker open

176 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-37: Contact Resistance measurement data (continued)

Data Description
I DC DC test current with the circuit breaker closed
V DC Measured voltage with the circuit breaker closed

R closed1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker closed

R meas Measured contact resistance


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available if the Compensate ground loop resistance check box is selected.

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 211.

OMICRON 177
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.2.6 Timing test


The Timing test measures the contact timing of the circuit breaker. Depending on the selected sequence
the opening time, closing time, close-open time, and so on are automatically calculated. With the
CB TN3 modules, you can also measure the displacement of the circuit breaker’s main contacts during
operation (see 17.5 "Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB TN3 modules" on page 252).
Note: If you have the software license to perform the Dynamic Contact Resistance test proceed with that
test as described in 17.2.7 "Dynamic Contact Resistance test" on page 189. The Timing test requires
the same amount of work but gives less information.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.
1. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
2. Connect the CB MC2 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.
3. If the CB MC2 modules are not connected from the last test, hook up the CB MC2 to the first or the
first two interrupter(s) of the circuit breaker.
4. Connect the CB MC2 to the main contact of the circuit breaker with the delivered cables and clamps.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for all interrupters you want to test.
6. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing test.

178 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

7. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB MC2 modules.

Figure 17-23: Hardware configuration of the Timing test

Table 17-38: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close A, Motor A, Trigger IN1 or
A1 AUX 1
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close B, Motor B, Trigger IN1 or
A2 AUX 2
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close C, Motor C, Trigger IN1 or
A3 AUX 3
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A

OMICRON 179
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-38: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip A, Trigger IN1, I clamp 1 or Disabled
B2 Trip B, Close, Trigger IN1, I clamp 2 or Disabled
B3 Trip C, Supply, Trigger IN1, I clamp 3, or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Trigger IN1, I clamp 4, Motor or Disabled
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

V IN (CAT III / 300 V)


The V IN (CAT III / 300 V) inputs can be configured to connect an external source such as a station
battery or an external power supply. In general, the input is not used but if you need to test the behavior
(voltage) of the station battery under real load conditions this option is available.
Note: The coils or the motor can be configured to be supplied from V IN (external source). When
activated, the respective output of CIBANO 500 is supplied from the socket 1 of the V IN section via the
internal command switch. This command switch can also disrupt the current in case of a short circuit.
Input N of the V IN section is for voltage reference measurement only.

A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


For most tests, the group A is used for measuring timing of auxiliary contacts. The contacts can be “wet”
or “dry”. While dry contacts are free of potential, wet contacts may have a voltage applied to them. The
group A can also be used to record the supply voltage and current of three close coils or three motors
simultaneously by configuring them.
Note: CIBANO 500 has only three command switches. Consequently, three trip or three close coils can
be operated simultaneously but not all six coils at the same time. To record currents for three trip coils
and three close coils separately, connect three close coils to A1 to A3, three trip coils to B1 to B3, and
then perform the Timing test.

B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


The group B is generally used as follows. B1 is used for the open command, B2 is used for the close
command, and B3 is used for the continuous power supply (see 17.2.11 "Continuous power supply" on
page 213). B4 is used to supply the motor or to measure the motor current by using a current clamp.

Table 17-39: Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2 module

CB MC2 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 module

Phase Editable phase assignment of the CB MC2 module (stored on the device)
Channel Channel of the CB MC2 module
Active Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel.

180 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-39: Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2 module (continued)

CB MC2 Option
Combine Click the Combine check box to combine the channels of the CB MC2
module. The combined CB MC2 channels can both be either active or
inactive. The measurement results are labeled with the name of channel 1,
and the voltage is only measured on channel 1.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 channel

Charge Indicates the charge status of the CB MC2 module.


LED Click the LED symbol to identify the connected CB MC2 module by flashing
LED.
1. Permanently stored in the CB MC2 memory. You can, for example, mark your CB MC2 modules with the colored stickers and
name them according to the colors. You can also rename the CB MC2 modules depending on the connection point.
8. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker for all phases according to the
wiring diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager and the following figure.
3 × CB MC2

EXTERNAL A1 Circuit
MODULES A2 breaker
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2 AUX 1 AUX 2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil M

Figure 17-24: Typical measurement setup for the Timing test

For the circuit breakers with one drive for all three phases connect the trip coil to B1, the close coil to
B2, and the common connection of the trip and close coils (typically the battery minus) to BN. In general,
the motor of the HV circuit breakers remains connected to the station battery throughout the test and a
current clamp connected to BN and B4 is used to record the motor current.

OMICRON 181
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Note: Connect the current clamp neutral directly to CIBANO 500 and not to the other end of the neutral
cable to avoid measurement errors due to the voltage drop on the cable. Alternatively you can supply
the motor from CIBANO 500 if you want or no station battery is available.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► If you use the station battery to supply the motor or the coils via CIBANO 500, do not connect
the cables to the station battery before they are connected to CIBANO 500.
► Always connect the cables first to grounded CIBANO 500 and then to the station battery.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Timing test.

Table 17-40: Settings of the Timing test

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.1

Supply settings2,3 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Note: To perform the undervoltage trip and undervoltage close tests set the
coil supply voltage lower than the nominal voltage.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

182 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-40: Settings of the Timing test (continued)

Setting Description

Supply settings2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Main contact
Contact system Contact system of the circuit breaker under test
Select PIR to measure timing of contacts with pre-insertion resistors.
Test current per Output current of each CB MC2 current channel
channel5
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.

Current clamp settings6


Channel Group B I/O socket
Ratio Current clamp ratio
I max Maximum current of the selected probe range
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

Trigger setting7
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
2. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
3. Data taken from the nameplate
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. Only available for Standard contact system. We recommend using a test current of 100 A per CB MC2 channel for the most
accurate results.
6. Only available if a current clamp is configured. The channel value displayed refers to the group B of the I/O sockets on the
CIBANO 500 side panel. The B1…B4 sockets can be configured as I clamp 1…I clamp 4 respectively.
7. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

OMICRON 183
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-41: Advanced settings of the Timing test

Setting Description
Main contact

PIR thresholds1 Select Automatic if you want to let Primary Test Manager set the PIR
thresholds or select Custom to set the PIR thresholds according to your
needs.
If you select Automatic, Primary Test Manager fits the PIR thresholds as
follows:
• If the PIR value is not defined in the circuit breaker data, Primary Test
Manager sets the default values.
• If the PIR value is defined in the circuit breaker data, Primary Test
Manager sets the Close / PIR threshold to 75% of the PIR value and the
PIR / Open threshold to 125% of the PIR value.

C-O threshold2 Resistance threshold to detect whether the main contact is open or closed.
Primary Test Manager interprets the contact as open if the contact
resistance is above the C-O threshold and vice versa.
Resistance thresholds for the PIR measurement
Close / PIR threshold Primary Test Manager interprets the contact in the PIR state if the contact
PIR / Open threshold1 resistance is above the Close / PIR threshold and below the PIR / Open
threshold.
Sine wave filter Select the Sine wave filter check box to suppress sinusoidal interference.
Start evaluation at Start time of the sine wave evaluation. Select the time at which the
sinusoidal interference is clearly present in the measurement signal.
Sine frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal interference
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test3 circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.

Sample rate Measurement sample rate4


Contact bounce filter
Main contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the main contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.

184 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-41: Advanced settings of the Timing test (continued)

Setting Description
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
See Table 17-42: "Timing test sequences" later in this section.
1. Only available for PIR contact system
2. Only available for Standard contact system
3. The Close breaker before test check box is only active if the test sequence begins with the open command and no output is
set to Trigger IN.
4. We recommend 10 kHz to constrain the amount of created data. Higher sample rates are needed for special tests only.

The following table explains the sequences of the Timing test.

Table 17-42: Timing test sequences

Sequence Action
O With this sequence, the opening time of the circuit breaker is measured.
Only for O and C sequences we recommend performing the test twice, once
with nominal voltage and once with 20% undervoltage to assure the
functionality of the circuit breaker for a weak station battery.
C This is the sequence to measure the closing time of the circuit breaker.
OC With this sequence, a closing operation after the circuit breaker has tripped
to clear a fault is simulated.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. An open
command initiates the sequence, followed by a dead time to clear the fault;
and finally a close command must close the circuit breaker. This sequence
is also known as reclosing sequence. To find out the shortest reclosing time
the circuit breaker can provide, the close command is already applied while
the circuit breaker is still opening. The circuit breaker then will close after
opening as fast as possible.

OMICRON 185
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-42: Timing test sequences (continued)

Sequence Action
CO With this sequence, a tripping operation after the circuit breaker has been
closed under a fault condition (trip-free) or the verification of the correct
operation of the anti-pumping system is simulated.
To test the trip-free time the circuit breaker must be in the open position
before the test is started. The circuit breaker is closed and then during the
close operation is still in progress an open command is sent. The circuit
breaker then opens as fast as possible.
To test the anti-pumping function of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker
must be in closed position before the test is started. For this test the open
time is set shorter (typically 200 ms) than the closing time (typically 400 ms).
Ensure that the end time is increased so that the test sequence covers the
whole close command duration (typically at least 190 ms). When the close
command is sent the circuit breaker is already closed which initiates the
anti-pumping function. Then an open command is sent and the circuit
breaker trips. The closing command is still on when the open command
ends, but the circuit breaker should not "pump", so that it should not close
again.
O-CO With this sequence, a reclose sequence (OC) under a fault condition is
simulated. If the fault is not released, the circuit breaker must open (O)
immediately and remain in this position.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. The sequence
begins with an open command, after a dead time the close and open
commands (CO) must be applied at the same time (delay time typically
300 ms).
CO-CO Some circuit breakers have a different specification for the pause time
between CO and CO for CO-CO and O-CO-CO sequences. Therefore both
sequences are available for testing. The time between the two CO
subsequences shall be set according to the technical data of the circuit
breaker (typically 15000 ms).
O-CO-CO Some circuit breakers have a different specification for the pause time
between CO and CO for CO-CO and O-CO-CO sequences. Therefore both
sequences are available for testing. The time between the two CO
subsequences shall be set according to the technical data of the circuit
breaker (typically 15000 ms).
3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.
► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For example, to test
a C sequence, the circuit breaker must be open and the spring charged.

186 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

5. In the Measurements area, click Start.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The operating times depend on the sequence of the trip and close commands. The following table
describes the operating times for all measurement sequences.

Table 17-43: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Closing time Contact closing time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Closing sync. Closing synchronization time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Reclosing time Contact reclosing time of OC operation
Open-close time Contact open-close time of O-CO, CO-CO, and O-CO-CO operation
Close-open time 1 Contact close-open time of CO and O-CO operation
Close-open time 2 Second contact close-open time of CO-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per contact, phase or circuit breaker.

Table 17-44: Auxiliary contact characteristics1

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)

OMICRON 187
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-44: Auxiliary contact characteristics1 (continued)

Data Description
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences

Table 17-45: Main contact characteristics1

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to

Bounce time2 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count2 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences
2. Not available for PIR contact system

Table 17-46: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-41: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on
page 184)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-41: "Advanced settings of the Timing test" on
page 184)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 211.

188 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.7 Dynamic Contact Resistance test


The Dynamic Contact Resistance test measures the resistance of the circuit breaker’s main contacts
during opening or closing. With the CB TN3 modules, you can also measure the displacement of the
circuit breaker’s main contacts during operation (see 17.5 "Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500
and the CB TN3 modules" on page 252).
Note: To perform the Dynamic Contact Resistance test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not
possible to start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To
get the license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.
1. Connect the CB MC2 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.
2. If the CB MC2 modules are not connected from the last test, hook up the CB MC2 to the first or the
first two interrupter(s) of the circuit breaker.
3. Connect the CB MC2 to the main contact of the circuit breaker with the delivered cables and clamps.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for all interrupters you want to test.
5. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
6. In Primary Test Manager, open the Dynamic Contact Resistance test.

OMICRON 189
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

7. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB MC2 modules.

Figure 17-25: Hardware configuration of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test

Table 17-47: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close A, Motor A, Trigger IN1 or
A1 AUX 1
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close B, Motor B, Trigger IN1 or
A2 AUX 2
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close C, Motor C, Trigger IN1 or
A3 AUX 3
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A

190 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-47: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip A, Trigger IN1, I clamp 1 or Disabled
B2 Trip B, Close, Trigger IN1, I clamp 2 or Disabled
B3 Trip C, Supply, Trigger IN1, I clamp 3 or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Trigger IN1, I clamp 4, Motor or Disabled
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

V IN (CAT III / 300 V)


The V IN (CAT III / 300 V) inputs can be configured to connect an external source such as a station
battery or an external power supply. In general, the input is not used but if you need to test the behavior
(voltage) of the station battery under real load conditions this option is available.
Note: The coils or the motor can be configured to be supplied from V IN (external source). When
activated, the respective output of CIBANO 500 is supplied from the socket 1 of the V IN section via the
internal command switch. This command switch can also disrupt the current in case of a short circuit.
Input N of the V IN section is for voltage reference measurement only.

A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


For most tests, the group A is used for measuring timing of auxiliary contacts. The contacts can be “wet”
or “dry”. While dry contacts are free of potential, wet contacts may have a voltage applied to them. The
group A can also be used to record the supply voltage and current of three close coils or three motors
simultaneously by configuring them.
Note: CIBANO 500 has only three command switches. Consequently, three trip or three close coils can
be operated simultaneously but not all six coils at the same time. To record currents for three trip coils
and three close coils separately, connect three close coils to A1 to A3, three trip coils to B1 to B3, and
then perform the Dynamic Contact Resistance test. The other tests like CO or OC with the trip and close
signal applied simultaneously are then performed with different wiring.

OMICRON 191
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


The group B is generally used as follows. B1 is used for the open command, B2 is used for the close
command, and B3 is used for the continuous power supply (see 17.2.11 "Continuous power supply" on
page 213). B4 is used to supply the motor or to measure the motor current by using a current clamp.

Table 17-48: Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2 module

CB MC2 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 module

Phase Editable phase assignment of the CB MC2 module (stored on the device)
Channel Channel of the CB MC2 module
Active Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel.
Combine Click the Combine check box to combine the channels of the CB MC2
module. The combined CB MC2 channels can both be either active or
inactive. The measurement results are labeled with the name of channel 1,
and the voltage is only measured on channel 1.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 channel

Charge Indicates the charge status of the CB MC2 module.


LED Click the LED symbol to identify the connected CB MC2 module by flashing
LED.
1. Permanently stored in the CB MC2 memory. You can, for example, mark your CB MC2 modules with the colored stickers and
name them according to the colors. You can also rename the CB MC2 modules depending on the connection point.

192 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

8. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker for all phases according to the
wiring diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

3 × CB MC2

EXTERNAL A1 Circuit
MODULES A2 breaker
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2 AUX 1 AUX 2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil M

Figure 17-26: Typical measurement setup for the Dynamic Contact Resistance test

For circuit breakers with one drive for all three phases connect the trip coil to B1, the close coil to B2,
and the common connection of the trip and close coils (typically the battery minus) to BN. The HV circuit
breaker’s motor remains generally connected to the station battery throughout the test and a current
clamp connected to BN and B4 is used to record the motor current.
Note: Connect the current clamp neutral directly to CIBANO 500 and not to the other end of the neutral
cable to avoid measurement errors due to the voltage drop on the cable. Alternatively you can supply
the motor from CIBANO 500 if you want or no station battery is available.
Circuit breakers with three drives are either tested phase by phase (see 17.2.3 "Testing circuit breakers
with CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2 modules" on page 165) or you can connect the three trip and close
signals together. If you want to record the supply current for three coils simultaneously you can configure
the sockets by clicking them.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► If you use the station battery to supply the motor or the coils via CIBANO 500, do not connect
the cables to the station battery before they are connected to CIBANO 500.
► Always connect the cables first to grounded CIBANO 500 and then to the station battery.

OMICRON 193
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test.

Table 17-49: Settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.1

Supply settings2,3 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Note: To perform the undervoltage trip and undervoltage close tests set the
coil supply voltage lower than the nominal voltage.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)

Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.

Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

Supply settings2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Main contact

194 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-49: Settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test (continued)

Setting Description
Contact system Contact system of the circuit breaker under test
Select PIR to measure timing of contacts with pre-insertion resistors.
Select Graphite nozzle to measure timing of contacts with graphite nozzle.
Nozzle length Length of the circuit breaker’s graphite nozzle
Trip velocity/ Contact travel velocity during the O sequence/C sequence
Close velocity5

Travel data6 CB TN3 channel associated with the measured phase


The Travel data boxes display a list of CB TN3 travel measurement
channels set to the corresponding phase in the hardware configuration of
the CB TN3 module.
Test current per Output current of each CB MC2 current channel
channel7
Other
Grounding Select the grounding condition of the circuit breaker under test.

Current clamp settings8


Channel Group B I/O socket
Ratio Current clamp ratio
I max Maximum current of the selected probe range
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

Trigger setting9
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
2. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
3. Data taken from the nameplate
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. These values are used for calculating the timing characteristics of contacts with graphite nozzle.
6. Only available if at least one CB TN3 module is connected to CIBANO 500. The corresponding travel data is used to calculate
the timing characteristics of contacts with graphite nozzle.
7. Not available for PIR contact system. We recommend using a test current of 100 A per CB MC2 channel for the most accurate
results.
8. Only available if a current clamp is configured. The channel value displayed refers to the group B of the I/O sockets on the
CIBANO 500 side panel. The B1…B4 sockets can be configured as I clamp 1…I clamp 4 respectively.
9. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

OMICRON 195
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-50: Advanced settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Main contact

PIR thresholds1 Select Automatic if you want to let Primary Test Manager set the PIR
thresholds or select Custom to set the PIR thresholds according to your
needs.
If you select Automatic, Primary Test Manager fits the PIR thresholds as
follows:
• If the PIR value is not defined in the circuit breaker data, Primary Test
Manager sets the default values.
• If the PIR value is defined in the circuit breaker data, Primary Test
Manager sets the Close / PIR threshold to 75% of the PIR value and the
PIR / Open threshold to 125% of the PIR value.

C-O threshold2 Resistance threshold to detect whether the main contact is open or closed.
Primary Test Manager interprets the contact as open if the contact
resistance is above the C-O threshold and vice versa.
Resistance thresholds for the PIR measurement
Close / PIR threshold Primary Test Manager interprets the contact in the PIR state if the contact
PIR / Open threshold1 resistance is above the Close / PIR threshold and below the PIR / Open
threshold.

Resistance threshold3 Threshold value of the contact resistance for calculating the timing
characteristics of contacts with graphite nozzle

Spike compensation3 Time interval for calculating the timing characteristics of contacts with
graphite nozzle
The contact is considered closed (C sequence) or opened (O sequence) if
the contact resistance stays in the threshold state within the spike
compensation interval.
Sine wave filter Select the Sine wave filter check box to suppress sinusoidal interference.
Start evaluation at Start time of the sine wave evaluation. Select the time at which the
sinusoidal interference is clearly present in the measurement signal.
Sine frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal interference
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test4 circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.

Sample rate Measurement sample rate5

196 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-50: Advanced settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test (continued)

Setting Description
Contact bounce filter
Main contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the main contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
See Table 17-51: "Dynamic Contact Resistance test sequences" later in this section.
1. Only available for PIR contact system
2. Only available for Standard contact system
3. Only available for Graphite nozzle contact system
4. The Close breaker before test check box is only active if the test sequence begins with the open command and no output is
set to Trigger IN.
5. We recommend 10 kHz to constrain the amount of created data. Higher sample rates are needed for special tests only.

The following table explains the sequences of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test.

Table 17-51: Dynamic Contact Resistance test sequences

Sequence Action
O With this sequence, the opening time of the circuit breaker is measured.
Only for O and C sequences we recommend performing the test twice, once
with nominal voltage and once with 20% undervoltage to assure the
functionality of the circuit breaker for a weak station battery.
C This is the sequence to measure the closing time of the circuit breaker.
OC With this sequence, a closing operation after the circuit breaker has tripped
to clear a fault is simulated.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. An open
command initiates the sequence, followed by a dead time to clear the fault;
and finally a close command must close the circuit breaker. This sequence
is also known as reclosing sequence. To find out the shortest reclosing time
the circuit breaker can provide, the close command is already applied while
the circuit breaker is still opening. The circuit breaker then will close after
opening as fast as possible.

OMICRON 197
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-51: Dynamic Contact Resistance test sequences (continued)

Sequence Action
CO With this sequence, a tripping operation after the circuit breaker has been
closed under a fault condition (trip-free) or the verification of the correct
operation of the anti-pumping system is simulated.
To test the trip-free time the circuit breaker must be in the open position
before the test is started. The circuit breaker is closed and then during the
close operation is still in progress an open command is sent. The circuit
breaker then opens as fast as possible.
To test the anti-pumping function of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker
must be in closed position before the test is started. For this test the open
time is set shorter (typically 200 ms) than the closing time (typically 400 ms).
Ensure that the end time is increased so that the test sequence covers the
whole close command duration (typically at least 190 ms). When the close
command is sent the circuit breaker is already closed which initiates the
anti-pumping function. Then an open command is sent and the circuit
breaker trips. The closing command is still on when the open command
ends, but the circuit breaker should not "pump", so that it should not close
again.
O-CO With this sequence, a reclose sequence (OC) under a fault condition is
simulated. If the fault is not released, the circuit breaker must open (O)
immediately and remain in this position.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. The sequence
begins with an open command, after a dead time the close and open
commands (CO) must be applied at the same time (delay time typically
300 ms).
CO-CO Some circuit breakers have a different specification for the pause time
between CO and CO for CO-CO and O-CO-CO sequences. Therefore both
sequences are available for testing. The time between the two CO
subsequences shall be set according to the technical data of the circuit
breaker (typically 15000 ms).
O-CO-CO Some circuit breakers have a different specification for the pause time
between CO and CO for CO-CO and O-CO-CO sequences. Therefore both
sequences are available for testing. The time between the two CO
subsequences shall be set according to the technical data of the circuit
breaker (typically 15000 ms).

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For example, to test
a C sequence, the circuit breaker must be open and the spring charged.

198 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

5. In the Measurements area, click Start.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The operating times depend on the sequence of the trip and close commands. The following table
describes the operating times for all measurement sequences.

Table 17-52: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Closing time Contact closing time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Closing sync. Closing synchronization time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Reclosing time Contact reclosing time of OC operation
Open-close time Contact open-close time of O-CO, CO-CO, and O-CO-CO operation
Close-open time 1 Contact close-open time of CO and O-CO operation
Close-open time 2 Second contact close-open time of CO-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per contact, phase or circuit breaker.

Table 17-53: Auxiliary contact characteristics1

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)

OMICRON 199
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-53: Auxiliary contact characteristics1 (continued)

Data Description
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences

Table 17-54: Main contact characteristics1

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to

Bounce time2 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count2 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences
2. Not available for PIR contact system

Table 17-55: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-50: "Advanced settings of the Dynamic Contact
Resistance test" on page 196)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-50: "Advanced settings of the Dynamic Contact
Resistance test" on page 196)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 211.

200 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.8 Minimum Pickup test


The Minimum Pickup test determines the minimum voltage required to trip or close the circuit breaker.
By using the internal power source of CIBANO 500, the coil supply voltage is increased step by step
through an automated test sequence until the circuit breaker operates.
Note: To perform the Minimum Pickup test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Minimum Pickup test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
Often you can leave the cables as already connected in the previous test. Unused sockets can
remain connected.

Figure 17-27: Hardware configuration of the Minimum Pickup test

OMICRON 201
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-56: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)1
1 External source or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Motor A or Disabled
A2 Motor B or Disabled
A3 Motor C or Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip or Disabled
B2 Close or Disabled
B3 Supply or Disabled
BN Common neutral connection for outputs in group B
B4 Motor or Disabled
1. Cannot be used to supply the trip or close coil because a variable voltage is needed, however it can be used to supply the
motor.

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram
displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Minimum Pickup test.

Table 17-57: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Coil supply

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Test sequence

202 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-57: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test (continued)

Setting Description
Coil supply voltage start Start voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage end End voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage step Stepwise voltage increase of the automated test sequence
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.

Supply settings1,2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Ratted voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
1. Only available in the guided test workflow
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. Only available if CIBANO 500 is selected as source

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-58: Advanced settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Supply during coil supply
Enable Select the Enable check box to supply voltage on the B3 socket during test
execution.1
Supply voltage Voltage supplied on the B3 socket (same as the coil supply voltage)
Supply before test Time interval within which the voltage is supplied before the test starts
Test sequence
Command impulse Duration of the command pulse of the automated test sequence
duration
Pause between Time interval between impulses of the automated test sequence
impulses
1. The B3 socket must be configured as Supply and the coil supply voltage must be specified.

OMICRON 203
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For testing the
minimum pickup by the open sequence the circuit breaker must be closed and vice versa.
5. In the Measurements area, select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
Note: If you connect, for example, three coils of three phases in parallel not all might operate at the
same voltage. In this case the test will run until the last phase has operated and the highest voltage
(worst case) will be shown.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

Table 17-59: Minimum Pickup measurement data

Data Description
No. Number of the measurement
Operation Trip or close
V pickup Pickup voltage of the coil under test
Assessment Measurement assessment

In case of three different trip coils, the trip coils can trip at different voltages. After the last pole has tripped
the test will stop and show the worst case result.
Note: If there is an active discordance protection in place you must deactivate it for this test to avoid
tripping of the other phases due to the discordance protection instead of the minimum pickup test.

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 211.

204 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.9 Motor Current test


The Motor Current test records the supply voltages and currents of the circuit breaker's charging
motor(s).
Note: To perform the Motor Current test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Motor Current test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
3. After setting the hardware configuration, connect the B4 socket on the side panel of CIBANO 500 to
"+" or phase contact of the motor and the BN socket to "–" or neutral contact of the motor.
Note: Do not connect Trigger IN and current clamps to the same neutral connection socket of the
group A or group B.

Figure 17-28: Hardware configuration of the Motor Current test

Note: You can control three circuit breaker’s motors simultaneously. In this case connect the phase
contact of the motor 1 to the A1 socket, the phase contact of the motor 2 to the A2 socket, the phase
contact of the motor 3 to the A3 socket, and the neutral motor contacts to the AN socket.

OMICRON 205
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-60: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)

A1 Motor A, Trigger IN1 or Disabled

A2 Motor B, Trigger IN1 or Disabled

A3 Motor C, Trigger IN1 or Disabled


AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Trip

Trigger IN1
all
B1 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 1 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
Close

Trigger IN1
all
B2 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 2 Motor
Phase B
Phase C

206 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-60: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


Supply

Trigger IN1
all
B3 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 3 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
Motor

Trigger IN1
all
B4 or Disabled
Phase A
I clamp 4 Motor
Phase B
Phase C
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement
4. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
5. Connect CIBANO 500 to the motor of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram displayed in
Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

Motor (for example, B4)

Motor

End position switch


Common (for example, BN)

Figure 17-29: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the Motor Current test (The end position
switch opens when the spring is charged.)

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Motor Current test.

OMICRON 207
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-61: Settings of the Motor Current test


Setting Description
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.
Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Coil supply
Supply source Select one of the following supply-source options:
• CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
• External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.
• Control board to supply the coils with a control-board switch.3
Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Trip signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the trip signal opens the circuit
breaker.
Close signal4 Select whether the rising or falling edge of the close signal closes the circuit
breaker.
Current clamp settings5
Channel Group B I/O socket
Ratio Current clamp ratio
I max Maximum current of the selected probe range
Trigger setting6
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. Only available if the trip and/or close signals are configured on the IOB1 module.
4. Only available if Control board is selected as supply source.
5. Only available if at least one output in group B is set to I clamp x.
6. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

208 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-62: Advanced settings of the Motor Current test

Setting Description
Other
Sample rate Measurement sample rate
Charging current
Begin Start of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor
End End of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor
3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.
► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: In emergency cases, you can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the
Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the charging process has finished, CIBANO 500 stops the measurement automatically.
The lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the green status light is on, and Primary
Test Manager displays the measurement results.

OMICRON 209
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following figure shows an example of the Motor Current test graphical results.

Figure 17-30: Example of the Motor Current test graphical results

To display the numerical measurement results, click the Table tab in the Measurements area.

Table 17-63: Motor characteristics

Data Description
Inrush current Maximum current drawn by the motor
On a DC motor, the inrush current is usually reached during the startup
phase.
Charging time Time the motor needs to charge the spring
The spring is used to store the energy for a trip or close operation.
Charging current Average charging current of the motor (see Charging current settings in
Table 17-62: "Advanced settings of the Motor Current test" on page 209)
Minimum voltage Minimum motor supply voltage during the charging operation of the motor
Assessment Measurement assessment

210 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
► Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect the cables from the station battery, if connected.
5. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s motor, if connected.
6. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s trip and close coils.
7. Disconnect one CB MC2 module from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not proceed without grounding the test object’s terminals.
► Ground the test object’s terminals by using a grounding set.
8. Disconnect the CB MC2 from the main contact of the circuit breaker.
9. Unhook the CB MC2 from one phase of the circuit breaker.
10.Repeat steps 7 to 9 for all phases tested.
11.Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
12.Disconnect the mains power cord.
13.Remove the equipotential ground as the last connection that is removed first on the substation side
and then from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

OMICRON 211
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.2.10 Testing with external power supply


If you use an external power supply (for example, the station battery) for supplying the motor or the coils
of the circuit breaker during the test, connect the external power supply to the V IN input of CIBANO 500
and wire the N and BN sockets as shown in the following figure.

Manual Manual
trip close

Trip Close
coil coil
M
AUX AUX
trip close

Wire the sockets

Figure 17-31: Wiring the CIBANO 500 sockets for testing with external power supply

212 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.2.11 Continuous power supply


CIBANO 500 provides a continuous power supply on the B3 socket to supply, for example, hybrid circuit
breakers prior the test and whenever it is needed. After you have connected to CIBANO 500, you can
configure the continuous power supply in the Primary Test Manager status bar.
Note: The continuous power supply is not available for the Minimum Pickup test (see 17.2.8 "Minimum
Pickup test" on page 201). If you have activated the continuous power supply and you open the Minimum
Pickup test, Primary Test Manager will prompt you to deactivate the continuous power supply before
executing the test.
To configure the continuous power supply:
1. In the status bar, click Edit.

Figure 17-32: Supply settings dialog box

2. In the Supply settings dialog box, enter the supply voltage you want to use for testing your circuit
breaker.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch the B3 socket and any connected cables after you have activated the continuous
power supply.
► Always use a strobe light to warn the operating personnel of the possibly dangerous operating
condition.
► To activate the continuous power supply, click ON in the status bar. After you click Activate in the
Activate power supply dialog box, the configured supply voltage is applied the B3 socket, and the
red light on the front panel will be flashing indicating possibly dangerous operating condition.
Note: If you have activated the continuous power supply, the coil supply settings are not available
because the supply voltage is set by the continuous power supply.

CAUTION
Personal injury due to unexpected operation of the circuit breaker possible
► Before deactivating the continuous power supply, open the circuit breaker.
► To deactivate the continuous power supply, click OFF in the status bar.

OMICRON 213
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.3 Testing gas insulated switchgears with both sides


grounded
CIBANO 500 in connection with Primary Test Manager supports testing of gas insulated switchgears
(GIS) with both sides grounded. This section describes the following GIS tests:
• Contact Resistance (see 17.3.4 "Contact Resistance test" on page 221)
• Timing (CSM) (see 17.3.5 "Timing (CSM) test" on page 226)
• Minimum Pickup (see 17.3.6 "Minimum Pickup test" on page 236)
• Motor Current (see 17.3.7 "Motor Current test" on page 240)
For testing of single-side grounded gas insulated switchgears, proceed as described in 17.1 "Testing
medium-voltage circuit breakers" on page 119 or 17.2 "Testing high-voltage circuit breakers" on
page 163.

17.3.1 Safety precautions in the substation

DANGER
Death or severe injury caused by a lightning discharge
► Do not connect the test set to the test object if there is a possibility of a thunderstorm over any
part of the system.
► Always observe the weather conditions while testing with CIBANO 500.
Always observe the following safety rules:
• Disconnect completely.
• Secure against re-connection.
• Verify that the installation is dead.
• Carry out grounding and short-circuiting.
• Provide protection against adjacent live parts.
• Ground the test object at one or more terminals during connecting, testing and disconnecting.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not test with CIBANO 500 without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
Separate your working area as shown in Figure 1-1: "Example of the separation of the work and high-
voltage test areas" on page 12 into a work area and a dangerous area when a test is running. Set up a
suitable barrier and, if applicable, status lights to protect others from accessing the dangerous area and
accidentally touching live parts.

214 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

If there is a longer distance between the location of CIBANO 500 and the dangerous area (that is, the
test object), a second person with an additional Emergency Stop button is required.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Never use the CIBANO 500 test set without a solid connection to ground.
► Ground CIBANO 500 with a cable of at least 6 mm2 cross-section as close as possible to the
operator.

17.3.2 Gas insulated switchgears


In order to do safe maintenance work, grounding switches are commonly incorporated into gas insulated
switchgears (GIS). They connect the conductor to ground and prevent any parts to be charged with high
voltages as result of capacitive coupling.

Busbar 1

Busbar 2

Disconnector Disconnector

Grounding switch
Circuit breaker

Disconnector Grounding switch

Grounding switch

Figure 17-33: Single-line diagram of a GIS with enough grounding switches – safe and comfortable
solution for circuit breaker maintenance

OMICRON 215
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The more grounding switches and disconnectors are incorporated, the safer is the maintenance work on
the circuit breaker.

Busbar 1

Busbar 2

Disconnector Disconnector
open open

Grounding switch
closed
Circuit breaker

Grounding switch
closed

Figure 17-34: Single-line diagram of a GIS with a minimum set of grounding switches and disconnectors
– unsafe to open grounding switches during circuit breaker maintenance

216 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Because the grounding switch connects the line conductor to the ground connection, the line conductor
can usually be accessed from outside of the GIS.
Grounding switch open Grounding switch closed

Figure 17-35: How a grounding switch works

OMICRON 217
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Busbar 1
Insulated grounding

Disconnectors

Busbar 2

Circuit breaker

Figure 17-36: GIS with two insulated grounding switches

218 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Non-conducting
material
Grounding shunt

Grounding switch

GIS housing

Conductor

Figure 17-37: Grounding switch components

If the grounding switch is closed, the line conductor within the GIS is connected via a grounding shunt
on top of the grounding switch with the GIS housing which has ground potential.
Grounding switches can be insulated or non-insulated. On insulated grounding switches the connection
between the line conductor and the ground connection (housing of the GIS) can be removed.

Non-conducting Grounding shunt


material

GIS housing

Figure 17-38: Insulated grounding switch

OMICRON 219
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.3.3 Test set and software startup


To put CIBANO 500 into operation and start Primary Test Manager:
1. Connect the CIBANO 500 grounding terminals properly to the substation ground.
2. Connect CIBANO 500 to a computer with the delivered Ethernet cable and switch on the computer.
3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the mains power supply by using the delivered power cord.
4. Switch on CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the side panel. The green
status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel (see Figure 3-1: "Front view of CIBANO 500" on
page 17) flashes for a short time and then extinguishes for approx. one minute. After it lights up, the
CIBANO 500 outputs carry no dangerous voltage or current.
5. Start Primary Test Manager and connect to CIBANO 500 as described in 5.4 "Start Primary Test
Manager and connect to CIBANO 500" on page 28.
If you could not connect to your CIBANO 500 device and the green light is permanently on, wait a few
seconds, and then proceed as follows:
1. Click More next to the Connect button, and then click Refresh.
2. Select the test system from the list, and then click Connect.

Figure 17-39: Connecting to CIBANO 500

If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as described in 20.1 "Connecting to CIBANO 500" on page 295.
After you have started Primary Test Manager and connected to CIBANO 500, proceed as described
earlier in this User Manual. You can:
• Create new guided jobs (see 7 "Create new guided jobs" on page 50)
• Manage locations, assets, jobs and test reports (see 10 "Manage objects" on page 77)
• Create new manual jobs (see 8 "Create new manual jobs" on page 72)
• Open existing jobs (see 9 "Open jobs" on page 76)
• Generate test reports (see 13 "Generate test reports" on page 93)
The next sections describe the tests of gas insulated switchgears with both sides grounded.

220 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.3.4 Contact Resistance test


The Contact Resistance test measures the static resistance of the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
The Contact Resistance test can be performed only when the circuit breaker is closed. A typical MV
circuit breaker has manual operation buttons at its front plate to control the circuit breaker’s spring. If the
spring is not charged, first charge the spring as described in 17.1.9 "Motor Current test" on page 152,
and then close the circuit breaker.
Note: To increase the accuracy of the measurement results for the both-side grounded circuit breakers,
you can compensate for the resistance of the ground loop by making two measurements with the circuit
breaker closed and open. To compensate for the resistance of the ground loop, select the
Compensate ground loop resistance check box (see Table 17-65: "Settings of the Contact
Resistance test" on page 223).

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not use external power sources for the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
► During the test, supply the circuit breaker’s main contacts only with CIBANO 500.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Contact Resistance test.

Figure 17-40: Hardware configuration of the Contact Resistance test

OMICRON 221
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-64: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Current +
A2 Current +
A3 Current +
AN Not connected in this test
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Current –
B2 Current –
B3 Current –
BN Voltage Sense –
B4 Voltage Sense +

2. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for one phase according to the wiring
diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Tips & Tricks: For easy connection use the delivered multi-core cables and connect the end with the
short wires to the CIBANO 500 sockets according to the short-wire labels. Connect the cable end with
the long wires according to the wiring diagram to the corresponding Kelvin clamp. The black AN cable
is not needed for this test and remains unconnected.

I V

Figure 17-41: Principal scheme of the contact resistance test

Tips & Tricks: The delivered Kelvin clamp is the perfect solution for connecting to a massive conductor
like a copper busbar or similar. We recommend using only the red connectors of the Kelvin clamps
(which is the current path) when connecting to the contact fingers of a MV circuit breaker. Use a
separate clamp for the voltage sense cables (BN and B4) which can be mounted closer to the MV
circuit breaker contact. If the connection is set up properly the resistance decreases when the voltage
sense clamps are connected closer to the circuit breaker contact. The polarity of connection does not
matter for this test.

222 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Contact Resistance test.

Table 17-65: Settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Main contact

Test current1 Current of the test (typically 100 A)

Other
Grounding Grounding of the circuit breaker under test
Compensate ground Select the Compensate ground loop resistance check box to
loop resistance compensate for the resistance of the ground loop.
1. For normal circuit breakers always use 100 A.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-66: Advanced settings of the Contact Resistance test

Setting Description
Test conditions

Ambient temperature1 Ambient temperature on site

Main contact

V DC range2 DC voltage measurement range

CT mode3,4 Select the Enabled check box to enable CT mode for measuring circuit
breakers with current transformers (CT).

Test duration4 Duration of the test

1. Only for reference in the report, the result is not temperature compensated.
2. For normal circuit breakers the lowest range is recommended. Only if the result is “infinite” select a higher range.
3. Data taken from the nameplate (for circuit breakers with dead tank and GIS)
4. Only available for circuit breakers with integrated current transformer, such as dead-tank and GIS

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.

OMICRON 223
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4. In the Measurements area, select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

7. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for the next phase according to the
wiring diagram provided by Primary Test Manager. To display the wiring diagram, click the
Wiring diagram button. Click in the diagram to close it.
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 for all phases.
9. For the measurement results, see Table 17-67: "Contact Resistance measurement data" on
page 225.
If you selected the Compensate ground loop resistance check box, proceed as follows:
1. Open the circuit breaker.
2. In the Measurements area of Primary Test Manager, select the breaker state Open.
3. Select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
4. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
5. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

6. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker for the next phase according to the
wiring diagram provided by Primary Test Manager. To display the wiring diagram, click the
Wiring diagram button. Click in the diagram to close it.

224 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 for all phases.

Table 17-67: Contact Resistance measurement data

Data Description
Channel Current +/–
Phase Measured phase

I DC1 DC test current with the circuit breaker open

V DC1 Measured voltage with the circuit breaker open

R open1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker open

I DC DC test current with the circuit breaker closed


V DC Measured voltage with the circuit breaker closed

R closed1 Measured resistance with the circuit breaker closed

R meas Measured contact resistance


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available if the Compensate ground loop resistance check box is selected.

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 245.

OMICRON 225
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.3.5 Timing (CSM) test


The Timing (CSM) test (CSM stands for Current Sensor Measurement) measures the contact timing of
the circuit breaker. Depending on the selected sequence the opening time, closing time, close-open
time, and so on are automatically calculated. With the CB TN3 modules, you can also measure the
displacement of the circuit breaker’s main contacts during operation (see 17.5 "Testing circuit breakers
with CIBANO 500 and the CB TN3 modules" on page 252).

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.

Kelvin clamp

Current sensor

CB MC2
Closed grounding switch Closed grounding switch
grounding shunt NOT removed grounding shunt NOT removed

Figure 17-42: Connecting the CB MC2 module to a both-side grounded GIS

1. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
2. Connect the CB MC2 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.

226 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

3. If the CB MC2 modules are not connected from the last test, hook up the CB MC2 to the interrupter
of the circuit breaker.
4. Connect the CB MC2 current channels to the main contact of the circuit breaker with the delivered
cables and clamps.
5. Connect the current sensor to channel 1 of the CB MC2 voltage channel and put it around the
insulated ground connection point.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for all phases you want to test.
7. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing (CSM) test.
8. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB MC2 modules.

Figure 17-43: Hardware configuration of the Timing (CSM) test

Table 17-68: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source, Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close A, Motor A, Trigger IN1 or
A1 AUX 1
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
Dry contact
(potential-free) Close B, Motor B, Trigger IN1 or
A2 AUX 2
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)

OMICRON 227
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-68: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option


Dry contact
(potential-free) Close C, Motor C, Trigger IN1 or
A3 AUX 3
Wet contact Disabled
(with potential)
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip A, Trigger IN1, I clamp 1 or Disabled
B2 Trip B, Close, Trigger IN1, I clamp 2 or Disabled
B3 Trip C, Supply, Trigger IN1, I clamp 3 or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Trigger IN1, I clamp 4, Motor or Disabled
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

V IN (CAT III / 300 V)


The V IN (CAT III / 300 V) inputs can be configured to connect an external source such as a station
battery or an external power supply. In general, the input is not used but if you need to test the behavior
(voltage) of the station battery under real load conditions this option is available.
Note: The coils or the motor can be configured to be supplied from V IN (external source). When
activated, the respective output of CIBANO 500 is supplied from the socket 1 of the V IN section via the
internal command switch. This command switch can also disrupt the current in case of a short circuit.
Input N of the V IN section is for voltage reference measurement only.

A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


For most tests, the group A is used for measuring timing of auxiliary contacts. The contacts can be “wet”
or “dry”. While dry contacts are free of potential, wet contacts may have a voltage applied to them. The
group A can also be used to record the supply voltage and current of three close coils or three motors
simultaneously by configuring them.
Note: CIBANO 500 has only three command switches. Consequently, three trip or three close coils can
be operated simultaneously but not all six coils at the same time. To record currents for three trip coils
and three close coils separately, connect three close coils to A1 to A3, three trip coils to B1 to B3, and
then perform the Timing (CSM) test.

228 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)


The group B is generally used as follows. B1 is used for the open command, B2 is used for the close
command, and B3 is used for the continuous power supply (see 17.2.11 "Continuous power supply" on
page 213). B4 is used to supply the motor or to measure the motor current by using a current clamp.

Table 17-69: Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2 module

CB MC2 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 module

Phase1 Editable phase assignment of the CB MC2 module

Channel Channel of the CB MC2 module


Active Click a socket symbol to activate or deactivate both channels.2
Combine The Combine check box is selected by default and this option cannot be
changed by the user. The measurement results are labeled with the name of
channel 1, and the voltage is only measured on channel 1.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB MC2 channel

Charge Indicates the charge status of the CB MC2 module.


LED Click the LED symbol to identify the connected CB MC2 module by flashing
LED.
1. Permanently stored in the CB MC2 memory. You can, for example, mark your CB MC2 modules with the colored stickers and
name them according to the colors. You can also rename the CB MC2 modules depending on the connection point.
2. Only channel 1 is used for the timing measurements. Channel 2 is used for current output.

OMICRON 229
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

9. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker for all phases according to the
wiring diagram displayed in Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

3 × CB MC2

EXTERNAL A1 Circuit
MODULES A2 breaker
AN
CIBANO 500
B1
B2
B4
BN

Trip coil Close coil

Figure 17-44: Typical measurement setup for the Timing (CSM) test

For the circuit breakers with one drive for all three phases connect the trip coil to B1, the close coil to
B2, and the common connection of the trip and close coils (typically the battery minus) to BN.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► If you use the station battery to supply the motor or the coils via CIBANO 500, do not connect
the cables to the station battery before they are connected to CIBANO 500.
► Always connect the cables first to grounded CIBANO 500 and then to the station battery.

230 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Timing (CSM) test.

Table 17-70: Settings of the Timing (CSM) test

Setting Description
Coil supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the coils with the source connected to V IN.

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Note: To perform the undervoltage trip and undervoltage close tests set the
coil supply voltage lower than the nominal voltage.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source if the motor is supplied from the station supply or
battery without any connection to CIBANO 500 or if the station battery is
connected to the V IN section and supplied, for example, via the B4 socket.
Note: We do not recommend supplying the motor with undervoltage. Doing
so does not provide any additional useful information and can cause
degradation of the motor operation over time.

Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Main contact

OMICRON 231
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-70: Settings of the Timing (CSM) test (continued)

Setting Description
Test current per channel Output current of each CB MC2 current channel3

Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

Trigger setting4
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. We recommend using a test current of 100 A per CB MC2 channel for the most accurate results.
4. Only available if V IN, or one output in group A or group B is set to Trigger IN.

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-71: Advanced settings of the Timing (CSM) test

Setting Description
Other
Close breaker before Select the Close breaker before test check box to automatically close the
test1 circuit breaker 1 second before starting a measurement.

Sample rate Measurement sample rate2


Contact bounce filter
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
See Table 17-72: "Timing (CSM) test sequences" on page 233.
1. The Close breaker before test check box is only active if the test sequence begins with the open command and no output is
set to Trigger IN.
2. We recommend 40 kHz to get the most accurate test results.

232 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

The following table explains the sequences of the Timing (CSM) test.

Table 17-72: Timing (CSM) test sequences

Sequence Action
O With this sequence, the opening time of the circuit breaker is measured.
Only for O and C sequences we recommend performing the test twice, once
with nominal voltage and once with 20% undervoltage to assure the
functionality of the circuit breaker for a weak station battery.
C This is the sequence to measure the closing time of the circuit breaker.
OC With this sequence, a closing operation after the circuit breaker has tripped
to clear a fault is simulated.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. An open
command initiates the sequence, followed by a dead time to clear the fault;
and finally a close command must close the circuit breaker. This sequence
is also known as reclosing sequence. To find out the shortest reclosing time
the circuit breaker can provide, the close command is already applied while
the circuit breaker is still opening. The circuit breaker then will close after
opening as fast as possible.
CO With this sequence, a tripping operation after the circuit breaker has been
closed under a fault condition (trip-free) or the verification of the correct
operation of the anti-pumping system is simulated.
To test the trip-free time the circuit breaker must be in the open position
before the test is started. The circuit breaker is closed and then during the
close operation is still in progress an open command is sent. The circuit
breaker then opens as fast as possible.
To test the anti-pumping function of the circuit breaker, the circuit breaker
must be in closed position before the test is started. For this test the open
time is set shorter (typically 200 ms) than the closing time (typically 400 ms).
Ensure that the end time is increased so that the test sequence covers the
whole close command duration (typically at least 190 ms). When the close
command is sent the circuit breaker is already closed which initiates the
anti-pumping function. Then an open command is sent and the circuit
breaker trips. The closing command is still on when the open command
ends, but the circuit breaker should not "pump", so that it should not close
again.
O-CO With this sequence, a reclose sequence (OC) under a fault condition is
simulated. If the fault is not released, the circuit breaker must open (O)
immediately and remain in this position.
Initially, the circuit breaker must be in the closed position. The sequence
begins with an open command, after a dead time the close and open
commands (CO) must be applied at the same time (delay time typically
300 ms).

OMICRON 233
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For example, to test
a C sequence, the circuit breaker must be open and the spring charged.
5. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the dangerous area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the circuit
breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The operating times depend on the sequence of the trip and close commands. The following table
describes the operating times for all measurement sequences.

Table 17-73: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O, OC, O-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Closing time Contact closing time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Closing sync. Closing synchronization time of C, CO and O-CO operation
Reclosing time Contact reclosing time of OC operation
Open-close time Contact open-close time of O-CO, CO-CO, and O-CO-CO operation
Close-open time 1 Contact close-open time of CO and O-CO operation
Close-open time 2 Second contact close-open time of CO-CO and O-CO-CO operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per contact, phase or circuit breaker.

234 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-74: Auxiliary contact characteristics1

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences

Table 17-75: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-71: "Advanced settings of the Timing (CSM) test" on
page 232)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 17-71: "Advanced settings of the Timing (CSM) test" on
page 232)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 245.

OMICRON 235
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.3.6 Minimum Pickup test


The Minimum Pickup test determines the minimum voltage required to trip or close the circuit breaker.
By using the internal power source of CIBANO 500, the coil supply voltage is increased step by step
through an automated test sequence until the circuit breaker operates.
Note: To perform the Minimum Pickup test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Minimum Pickup test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
Often you can leave the cables as already connected in the previous test. Unused sockets can
remain connected.

Figure 17-45: Hardware configuration of the Minimum Pickup test

236 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-76: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)1
1 External source or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Motor A or Disabled
A2 Motor B or Disabled
A3 Motor C or Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip or Disabled
B2 Close or Disabled
B3 Supply or Disabled
BN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group B
B4 Motor or Disabled
1. Cannot be used to supply the trip or close coil because a variable voltage is needed, however it can be used to supply the
motor.

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the trip and close coils of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram
displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Minimum Pickup test.

Table 17-77: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Coil supply

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
Test sequence

OMICRON 237
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-77: Settings of the Minimum Pickup test (continued)

Setting Description
Coil supply voltage start Start voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage end End voltage of the automated test sequence to determine the minimum
pickup voltage
Coil supply voltage step Stepwise voltage increase of the automated test sequence
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.

Supply settings1,2,3 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
1. Only available in the guided test workflow
2. Data taken from the nameplate
3. Only available if CIBANO 500 is selected as source

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-78: Advanced settings of the Minimum Pickup test

Setting Description
Supply during coil supply
Enable Select the Enable check box to supply voltage on the B3 socket during test
execution.1
Supply voltage Voltage supplied on the B3 socket (same as the coil supply voltage)
Supply before test Time interval within which the voltage is supplied before the test starts
Test sequence
Command impulse Duration of the command pulse of the automated test sequence
duration
Pause between Time interval between impulses of the automated test sequence
impulses
1. The B3 socket must be configured as Supply and the coil supply voltage must be specified.

238 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in the table to open the Assessment configuration dialog box,
and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. By using the Open breaker, Close breaker and Supply motor buttons in the Measurements area
of Primary Test Manager (see 11.1 "Test control commands" on page 85) you can check whether all
cables are correctly connected and bring the circuit breaker to the proper state. For testing the
minimum pickup by the open sequence the circuit breaker must be closed and vice versa.
5. In the Measurements area, select the measurement you want to perform, and then click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the dangerous area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the circuit
breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: You can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the Emergency Stop button
or the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
Note: If you connect, for example, three coils of three phases in parallel not all might operate at the
same voltage. In this case the test will run until the last phase has operated and the highest voltage
(worst case) will be shown.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

Table 17-79: Minimum Pickup measurement data

Data Description
No. Number of the measurement
Operation Trip or close
V pickup Pickup voltage of the coil under test
Assessment Measurement assessment

In case of three different trip coils, the trip coils can trip at different voltages. After the last pole has tripped
the test will stop and show the worst case result.
Note: If there is an active discordance protection in place you must deactivate it for this test to avoid
tripping of the other phases due to the discordance protection instead of the minimum pickup test.

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 245.

OMICRON 239
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.3.7 Motor Current test


The Motor Current test records the supply voltages and currents of the circuit breaker's charging
motor(s).
Note: To perform the Motor Current test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to
start the measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the
license, contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Motor Current test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
3. After setting the hardware configuration, connect the B4 socket on the side panel of CIBANO 500 to
"+" or phase contact of the motor and the BN socket to "–" or neutral contact of the motor.

Figure 17-46: Hardware configuration of the Motor Current test

Note: You can control three circuit breaker’s motors simultaneously. In this case connect the phase
contact of the motor 1 to the A1 socket, the phase contact of the motor 2 to the A2 socket, the phase
contact of the motor 3 to the A3 socket, and the neutral motor contacts to the AN socket.

240 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-80: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 External source or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Motor A or Disabled
A2 Motor B or Disabled
A3 Motor C or Disabled
AN Common neutral connection for outputs/inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Trip or Disabled
B2 Close or Disabled
B3 Supply or Disabled
BN Neutral connection of outputs in group B
B4 Motor or Disabled
4. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
5. Connect CIBANO 500 to the motor of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram displayed in
Primary Test Manager and the following figure.

Motor (for example, B4)

Motor

End position switch


Common (for example, BN)

Figure 17-47: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the Motor Current test (The end position
switch opens when the spring is charged.)

OMICRON 241
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Motor Current test.

Table 17-81: Settings of the Motor Current test

Setting Description
Motor supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the motor with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the motor externally.

Supply settings1,2 Select the preconfigured motor supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Motor supply voltage Rated voltage of the motor supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC motor supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Motor supply frequency (AC only)
Max. supply duration Maximum duration of supplying the motor if not stopped automatically
Coil supply
Supply source Click CIBANO 500 to supply the coils with CIBANO 500.
Click External source to supply the coils externally.

Supply settings1,2 Select a preconfigured coil supply setting from the asset data or select
Custom to enter custom settings.
Coil supply voltage Rated voltage of the coil supply
Click AC or DC for AC or DC coil supply voltage respectively.
Test frequency Coil supply frequency (AC only)
1. Only available in the guided test workflow and if CIBANO 500 is selected as source
2. Data taken from the nameplate

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 17-82: Advanced settings of the Motor Current test

Setting Description
Other
Sample rate Measurement sample rate
Charging current
Begin Start of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor
End End of the charging current evaluation in percent of the total charging
duration of the motor

242 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the dangerous area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the circuit
breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: In emergency cases, you can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the
Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the charging process has finished, CIBANO 500 stops the measurement automatically.
The lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the green status light is on, and Primary
Test Manager displays the measurement results.
The following figure shows an example of the Motor Current test graphical results.

Figure 17-48: Example of the Motor Current test graphical results

OMICRON 243
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

To display the numerical measurement results, click the Table tab in the Measurements area.

Table 17-83: Motor characteristics

Data Description
Inrush current Maximum current drawn by the motor
On a DC motor, the inrush current is usually reached during the startup
phase.
Charging time Time the motor needs to charge the spring
The spring is used to store the energy for a trip or close operation.
Charging current Average charging current of the motor (see Charging current settings in
Table 17-82: "Advanced settings of the Motor Current test" on page 242)
Minimum voltage Minimum motor supply voltage during the charging operation of the motor
Assessment Measurement assessment

244 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
► Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect the cables from the station battery, if connected.
5. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s motor, if connected.
6. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s trip and close coils.
7. Disconnect one CB MC2 module from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not proceed without grounding the test object’s terminals.
► Ground the test object’s terminals by using a grounding set.
8. Disconnect the CB MC2 from the main contact of the circuit breaker.
9. Unhook the CB MC2 from one phase of the circuit breaker.
10.Repeat steps 7 to 9 for all phases tested.
11.Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
12.Disconnect the mains power cord.
13.Remove the equipotential ground as the last connection that is removed first on the substation side
and then from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

OMICRON 245
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.4 Demagnetization
On circuit breakers like gas insulated switchgears (GIS), dead tank circuit breakers and hybrid circuit
breakers, current transformers are typically integrated in the main contact path. After each performed
test on the circuit breaker or due to DC components during a short circuit the current transformers might
be magnetized. This magnetism can be caused by DC currents flowing through the primary side of the
current transformer. The Demagnetization feature is designed to demagnetize the current transformers
from the primary side. Consequently, you do not need to disconnect the current transformers from the
secondary side.
The Demagnetization function as featured by CIBANO 500, needs to apply at least 30 A through the
primary side of the current transformer. If this cannot be assured, use the OMICRON CTAnalyzer instead
and demagnetize the current transformers from their secondary side.
Note: To check the maximum continuous output current of your CIBANO 500 test system, contact
OMICRON technical support (see "Support" on page 333).

Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not use external power sources for the circuit breaker’s main contacts.
► During the test, supply the circuit breaker’s main contacts only with CIBANO 500.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Demagnetization.

Figure 17-49: Hardware configuration of the Demagnetization

246 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-84: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
A1 Current +
A2 Current +
A3 Current +
AN Not connected in this test
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
B1 Current –
B2 Current –
B3 Current –
BN Voltage Sense –
B4 Voltage Sense +

2. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.

OMICRON 247
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3. Connect CIBANO 500 to the main contact of the circuit breaker according to the wiring diagram
displayed in Primary Test Manager.

Figure 17-50: Default wiring diagram of the Demagnetization

Tips & Tricks: For easy connection use the delivered multi-core cables and connect the end with the
short wires to the CIBANO 500 sockets according to the short-wire labels. Connect the cable end with
the long wires according to the wiring diagram to the corresponding Kelvin clamp. The black AN cable
is not needed for this test and remains unconnected.

Tips & Tricks: The delivered Kelvin clamp is the perfect solution for connecting to a massive conductor
like a copper busbar or similar. We recommend using only the red connectors of the Kelvin clamps
(which is the current path) when connecting to the contact fingers of a circuit breaker. Use a separate
clamp for the voltage sense cables (BN and B4) which can be mounted closer to the circuit breaker
contact. If the connection is set up properly the resistance decreases when the voltage sense clamps
are connected closer to the circuit breaker contact. The polarity of connection does not matter for this
test.

248 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Procedure
To demagnetize the circuit breaker’s current transformers:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Demagnetization.

Table 17-85: Demagnetization settings

Setting Description
CT settings
Number of CT cores Number of cores of the circuit breaker’s current transformers
(per phase) If the number of current transformers cores is not known, select the
Unknown check box.
Other
Single side grounded Select the Single side grounded or Both side grounded option.
Both side grounded
2. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
3. Start the demagnetization by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
4. After the initialization and analysis have finished, press the Start/Stop button again.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.

OMICRON 249
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. Primary Test Manager displays the demagnetization progress.

Figure 17-51: Demagnetization progress

6. After the demagnetization has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing
and the green status light is on.

250 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
► Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect the cables from the station battery, if connected.
5. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s motor, if connected.
6. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s trip and close coils.
7. Disconnect one CB MC2 module from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not proceed without grounding the test object’s terminals.
► Ground the test object’s terminals by using a grounding set.
8. Disconnect the CB MC2 from the main contact of the circuit breaker.
9. Unhook the CB MC2 from one phase of the circuit breaker.
10.Repeat steps 7 to 9 for all phases tested.
11.Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
12.Disconnect the mains power cord.
13.Remove the equipotential ground as the last connection that is removed first on the substation side
and then from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

OMICRON 251
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

17.5 Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the


CB TN3 modules
Within the scope of the Timing and Dynamic Contact Resistance tests, you can also measure the
displacement of the circuit breaker’s main contacts during operation by using the CB TN3 modules. The
following procedures apply to CIBANO 500 with both the EtherCAT® and the Auxiliary module.

17.5.1 Timing test


Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.
1. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
2. Connect the CB TN3 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.
3. Hang up the CB TN3 close to the circuit breaker’s mechanical moving part.
4. Connect the transducer to the CB TN3 with the delivered cable.
5. Attach the transducer to the circuit breaker. For detailed information, see 19 "Transducers" on
page 282.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for all CB TN3 modules you want to connect.
7. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing test.

252 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

8. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB TN3 modules.
The following figure shows the hardware configuration of CIBANO 500 with the Auxiliary module with
one CB TN3 module connected. For the hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500, see
Table 17-14: "Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500" on page 139.

Figure 17-52: Example of the hardware configuration of the Timing test for measuring the main contact
travel during operation

Table 17-86: Hardware configuration options of the CB TN3 module

CB TN3 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB TN3 module

Phase Phase to which the CB TN3 module is connected

Channel1 Editable name of the CB TN3 channel.


Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel depending on
the connections made.
Active Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB TN3 channel

Transducer type Type of the connected transducer: digital or analog


1. Permanently stored in the CB TN3 memory. You can, for example, rename the CB TN3 modules depending on the connection
point.

OMICRON 253
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Advanced settings area, enter the transducer settings. For the CIBANO 500 settings, see
Table 17-15: "Settings of the Timing test" on page 141 and Table 17-16: "Advanced settings of the
Timing test" on page 142.

Table 17-87: Transducer settings1

Setting Description
Digital transducer settings
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration
Type Transducer type: linear or angular
Supply Transducer supply voltage
Resolution Transducer travel per one pulse
Conversion data Data for converting the transducer movement to main contact movement
depending on the transducer type
Linear transducer: Type the contact factor.
Angular transducer: Type the contact factor or select a conversion table
from the list, if available (see "Conversion tables" on page 103).2,3
Analog transducer settings
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration

Type4 Transducer type: linear or angular

Supply Transducer supply voltage

Resolution4 Transducer travel per 1 V

Conversion data Data for converting the transducer movement to main contact movement
depending on the transducer type
Linear transducer: Type the contact factor.
Angular transducer: Type the contact factor or select a conversion table
from the list, if available (see "Conversion tables" on page 103).2,3
Calibrate Click Calibrate to calculate the transducer resolution (see "Calibration" later
in this section).
1. Only available if the CB TN3 module is connected
2. The selected conversion table remains associated with the test even after it has been deleted from the asset.
3. When performing a manual test, you can load a conversion table by clicking the Browse button … in the Conversion data
column.
4. For information about the pressure measurement, see "Measuring pressure signals" on page 257.

254 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

2. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
3. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
4. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
5. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
When testing with the CB TN3 modules, Primary Test Manager calculates and displays also the velocity
of the contact travel. You can set the display options for the velocity data on the Settings tab in the
Cursors & settings workspace.

Figure 17-53: Setting the velocity display options

To view the numeric measurement data, click the Table tab. For the operating times, auxiliary contact
characteristics and coil characteristics, see Table 17-43: "Operating times" on page 187,
Table 17-44: "Auxiliary contact characteristics" on page 187 and Table 17-46: "Coil characteristics" on
page 188.

OMICRON 255
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following figure explains the contact travel characteristics defined in Table 17-88: "Contact travel
characteristics" later in this section.

Over-travel

Close
position

Rebound

Total
Velocity
travel
Open
position

Figure 17-54: Contact travel characteristics

Table 17-88: Contact travel characteristics1

Data Description
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel of the CB TN3 module
Total travel Total distance traveled by the contact during operation (excluding possible
over-travel).
The row labeled with the CB TN3 channel displays the maximum of all
measurement results for this channel.
Over-travel Contact travel distance between the maximum contact travel and the final
contact resting position
Rebound Contact travel distance between the minimum contact travel after returning
from an over-travel and the final contact resting position
Assessment Measurement assessment
Velocity zone definition Time period within which the contact travel velocity is evaluated
(see 15.4 "Velocity zones" on page 113)
v meas Measured velocity of the contact travel within the velocity zone
Information Information about the measurement

Damping distance2 Distance the contact travels while damping is effective (see Begin of
contact damping settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced settings of the
Timing test" on page 142)
Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences
2. Only available for O sequence

256 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-89: Main contact characteristics1

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to
Travel data CB TN3 channel this measurement row refers to
Contact wipe C sequence: Distance the contact travels between the first contact touch
and the contact steady state
O sequence: Distance the contact travels between the contact steady state
and the final contact separation
Reaction time Time interval after which the contact responds to the open or close signal
(see Begin of contact movement settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced
settings of the Timing test" on page 142)

Bounce time2 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count2 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences
2. Not available for PIR contact system

Calibration
With Primary Test Manager, you can calibrate analog transducers when using them. To calibrate an
analog transducer:
1. In the Hardware configuration area, select the analog transducer type.
2. In the Settings and conditions area, click Calibrate.
3. In the Transducer Calibration dialog box, enter the maximum stroke of the transducer, and then
click Start.
4. Press the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
5. During the calibration time (10 seconds), move the transducer manually from the minimum to
maximum position.
6. After the calibration process has finished, the calculated transducer resolution appears in the
Settings and conditions area.

Measuring pressure signals


With the CB TN3 modules and analog transducers, you can measure and display pressure signals. To
measure pressure signals:
1. Connect at least one CB TN3 module to CIBANO 500.
2. Connect the analog pressure sensors to the analog interface of the CB TN3 module (see
22.2.1 "Designated use" on page 317).
3. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration of CIBANO 500 and the
CB TN3 module.
4. Configure the Timing test as described earlier in this section.

OMICRON 257
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. In the Advanced settings area, enter the analog transducer settings.

Table 17-90: Analog transducer settings for pressure measurement

Setting Description
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration
Type Select Pressure.
Supply Pressure sensor supply voltage
Resolution Pressure in kPa, bar or psi per 1 V according to the profile set in the
Settings dialog box (see 6.1 "Settings" on page 36).
Conversion data Not available for pressure measurement
Calibrate Not available for pressure measurement

6. Start the measurement as described in "Measurement" on page 254.


After the measurement has finished, Primary Test Manager displays the pressure curve graphically. You
can set the display options for the pressure data on the Settings tab in the Cursors & settings
workspace.

Disconnection
Do not disconnect the circuit breaker but leave it connected for performing the next test. For
disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 265.

258 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

17.5.2 Dynamic Contact Resistance test


Connection

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect anything to the circuit breaker under test without grounding the circuit breaker.
► Always ground the circuit breaker on both ends on all phases and close the circuit breaker to
have proper grounding between the interrupters.
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not connect the EtherCAT® cables to the CB MC2 module before they are connected to
CIBANO 500.
► Connect the EtherCAT® cables first to CIBANO 500 and then to the CB MC2 module.
1. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
2. Connect the CB TN3 to CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® cable.
3. If the CB TN3 modules are not connected from the last test, hang up the CB TN3 close to the circuit
breaker’s mechanical moving part.
4. Connect the transducer to the CB TN3 with the delivered cable.
5. Attach the transducer to the circuit breaker. For detailed information, see 19 "Transducers" on
page 282.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for all CB TN3 modules you want to connect.
7. In Primary Test Manager, open the Dynamic Contact Resistance test.

OMICRON 259
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

8. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration and check whether Primary
Test Manager recognized all connected CB TN3 modules.
The following figure shows the hardware configuration of CIBANO 500 with the EtherCAT® module
with one CB MC2 and one CB TN3 module connected. For the hardware configuration options of
CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2 module, see Table 17-47: "Hardware configuration options of
CIBANO 500" on page 190 and Table 17-48: "Hardware configuration options of the CB MC2
module" on page 192.

Figure 17-55: Example of the hardware configuration of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test for
measuring the main contact travel during operation

Table 17-91: Hardware configuration options of the CB TN3 module

CB TN3 Option

Module name1 Editable name of the CB TN3 module

Phase Phase to which the CB TN3 module is connected

Channel1 Editable name of the CB TN3 channel.


Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel depending on
the connections made.
Active Click the socket symbol to activate or deactivate the channel.

Ch.name1 Editable name of the CB TN3 channel

Transducer type Type of the connected transducer: digital or analog


1. Permanently stored in the CB TN3 memory. You can, for example, mark your CB TN3 modules with the colored stickers and
name them according to the colors. You can also rename the CB TN3 modules depending on the connection point.

260 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Advanced settings area, enter the transducer settings. For the CIBANO 500 and the CB MC2
settings, see Table 17-49: "Settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test" on page 194 and
Table 17-50: "Advanced settings of the Dynamic Contact Resistance test" on page 196.

Table 17-92: Transducer settings1

Setting Description
Digital transducer settings
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration
Type Transducer type: linear or angular
Supply Transducer supply voltage
Resolution Transducer travel per one pulse
Conversion data Data for converting the transducer movement to main contact movement
depending on the transducer type
Linear transducer: Type the contact factor.
Angular transducer: Type the contact factor or select a conversion table
from the list, if available (see "Conversion tables" on page 103).2,3
Analog transducer settings
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration

Type4 Transducer type: linear or angular

Supply Transducer supply voltage

Resolution4 Transducer travel per 1 V

Conversion data Data for converting the transducer movement to main contact movement
depending on the transducer type
Linear transducer: Type the contact factor.
Angular transducer: Type the contact factor or select a conversion table
from the list, if available (see "Conversion tables" on page 103).2,3
Calibrate Click Calibrate to calculate the transducer resolution (see "Calibration" later
in this section).
1. Only available if the CB TN3 module is connected
2. The selected conversion table remains associated with the test even after it has been deleted from the asset.
3. When performing a manual test, you can load a conversion table by clicking the Browse button … in the Conversion data
column.
4. For information about the pressure measurement, see "Measuring pressure signals" on page 264.

OMICRON 261
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

2. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.


► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
3. In the Measurements area, click Start.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
4. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
5. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.
When testing with the CB TN3 modules, Primary Test Manager calculates and displays also the velocity
of the contact travel. You can set the display options for the velocity data on the Settings tab in the
Cursors & settings workspace.

Figure 17-56: Setting the velocity display options

To view the numeric measurement data, click the Table tab. For the operating times, auxiliary contact
characteristics and coil characteristics, see Table 17-52: "Operating times" on page 199,
Table 17-53: "Auxiliary contact characteristics" on page 199 and Table 17-55: "Coil characteristics" on
page 200.

262 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

For explanation of the contact travel characteristics, see Figure 17-54: "Contact travel characteristics"
on page 256.

Table 17-93: Contact travel characteristics1

Data Description
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel of the CB TN3 module
Total travel Total distance traveled by the contact during operation (excluding possible
over-travel).
The row labeled with the CB TN3 channel displays the maximum of all
measurement results for this channel.
Over-travel Contact travel distance between the maximum contact travel and the final
contact resting position
Rebound Contact travel distance between the minimum contact travel after returning
from an over-travel and the final contact resting position
Assessment Measurement assessment
Velocity zone definition Time period within which the contact travel velocity is evaluated
(see 15.4 "Velocity zones" on page 113)
v meas Measured velocity of the contact travel within the velocity zone
Information Information about the measurement

Damping distance2 Distance the contact travels while damping is effective (see Begin of
contact damping settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced settings of the
Timing test" on page 142)
Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only calculated for O and C sequences
2. Only available for O sequence

Table 17-94: Main contact characteristics1

Data Description
Main contact Main contact this measurement row refers to
Travel data CB TN3 channel this measurement row refers to
Contact wipe C sequence: Distance the contact travels between the first contact touch
and the contact steady state
O sequence: Distance the contact travels between the contact steady state
and the final contact separation
Reaction time Time interval after which the contact responds to the open or close signal
(see Begin of contact movement settings in Table 17-16: "Advanced
settings of the Timing test" on page 142)

OMICRON 263
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 17-94: Main contact characteristics1 (continued)

Data Description

Bounce time2 Duration of the main contact bounce

Bounce count2 Number of main contact bounces within the bounce time

PIR closing time Closing time for pre-insertion resistors


Assessment Measurement assessment
1. Only available for O and C sequences
2. Not available for PIR contact system

Calibration
With Primary Test Manager, you can calibrate analog transducers when using them. To calibrate an
analog transducer:
1. In the Hardware configuration area, select the analog transducer type.
2. In the Settings and conditions area, click Calibrate.
3. In the Transducer Calibration dialog box, enter the maximum stroke of the transducer, and then
click Start.
4. Press the Start/Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
5. During the calibration time (10 seconds), move the transducer manually from the minimum to
maximum position.
6. After the calibration process has finished, the calculated transducer resolution appears in the
Settings and conditions area.

Measuring pressure signals


With the CB TN3 modules and analog transducers, you can measure and display pressure signals. To
measure pressure signals:
1. Connect at least one CB TN3 module to CIBANO 500.
2. Connect the analog pressure sensors to the analog interface of the CB TN3 module (see
22.2.1 "Designated use" on page 317).
3. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration of CIBANO 500 and the
CB TN3 module.
4. Configure the Dynamic Contact Resistance test as described earlier in this section.
5. In the Advanced settings area, enter the analog transducer settings.

Table 17-95: Analog transducer settings for pressure measurement

Setting Description
Module Name of the CB TN3 module set in the hardware configuration
Channel Channel name set in the CB TN3 hardware configuration
Type Select Pressure.

264 OMICRON
Off-service diagnostic methods

Table 17-95: Analog transducer settings for pressure measurement (continued)

Setting Description
Supply Pressure sensor supply voltage
Resolution Pressure in kPa, bar or psi per 1 V according to the profile set in the
Settings dialog box (see 6.1 "Settings" on page 36).
Conversion data Not available for pressure measurement
Calibrate Not available for pressure measurement

6. Start the measurement as described in "Measurement" on page 261.


After the measurement has finished, Primary Test Manager displays the pressure curve graphically. You
can set the display options for the pressure data on the Settings tab in the Cursors & settings
workspace.

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
► Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect the cables from the station battery, if connected.
5. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s motor, if connected.
6. Disconnect the cables from the circuit breaker’s trip and close coils.
7. Disconnect all CB TN3 modules first from CIBANO 500 and then from the transducers, if connected.
8. Disconnect one CB MC2 module from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not proceed without grounding the test object’s terminals.
► Ground the test object’s terminals by using a grounding set.
9. Disconnect the CB MC2 from the main contact of the circuit breaker.
10.Unhook the CB MC2 from one phase of the circuit breaker.
11.Repeat steps 7 to 9 for all phases tested.

OMICRON 265
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

12.Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

266 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

18 In-service diagnostic methods


This section describes in-service testing of circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and its accessories.
Primary Test Manager in combination with CIBANO 500 supports the following in-service tests:
• Timing (VTM)
• First Trip

18.1 Timing (VTM) test


Note: To perform the Timing (VTM) test (VTM stands for Voltage-based Timing Measurement), you
need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to start the measurement and Primary Test
Manager displays a missing license message. To get the license, contact your regional OMICRON
service center.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the Timing (VTM) test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
Note: Do not connect the trigger channel (Trigger IN) and the current clamps to the same neutral
connection socket of the group A or group B.

Figure 18-1: Hardware configuration of the Timing (VTM) test

OMICRON 267
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 18-1: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500

CIBANO 500 Option


V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 Voltage or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)
Phase A
A1 Voltage Phase B or Disabled
Phase C
Phase A
A2 Voltage Phase B or Disabled
Phase C
Phase A
A3 Voltage Phase B or Disabled
Phase C
AN Neutral connection of inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
Phase B
Phase C
all
B1 or Disabled
I clamp 1 Phase A
Close
Phase B
Phase C
all
Phase A
Motor
Phase B
Phase C

268 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Table 18-1: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
Phase B
Phase C
all
B2 or Disabled
I clamp 2 Phase A
Close
Phase B
Phase C
all
Phase A
Motor
Phase B
Phase C

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
Phase B
Phase C
all
B3 or Disabled
I clamp 3 Phase A
Close
Phase B
Phase C
all
Phase A
Motor
Phase B
Phase C
BN Neutral connection of inputs in group B

OMICRON 269
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 18-1: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)

CIBANO 500 Option

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
Phase B
Phase C
all
B4 or Disabled
I clamp 4 Phase A
Close
Phase B
Phase C
all
Phase A
Motor
Phase B
Phase C
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Connect CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for all phases according to the wiring diagram displayed
in Primary Test Manager and as shown by the following figure.

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Never connect CIBANO 500 between the respective AUX contacts of the trip and close coils and the
coils themselves since these contacts assure that the voltage is not applied too long to the coils.

270 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the Timing (VTM) test.

Table 18-2: Settings of the Timing (VTM) test

Setting Description
Trigger setting
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.
Edge type Rising or falling edge
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 18-3: Advanced settings of the Timing (VTM) test

Setting Description
Other
Sample rate Measurement sample rate
Contact bounce filter
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
O Sequence for measuring the opening time of the circuit breaker
C Sequence for measuring the closing time of the circuit breaker
3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.
► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.

OMICRON 271
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

4. In the Measurements area, click Start.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
5. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: If the test does not react to the trigger signal after the circuit breaker has operated, you can press
the Start/Stop button to stop the measurement manually. Then, Primary Test Manager will display the
data recorded until you stopped the measurement.
Note: In emergency cases, you can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the
Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
6. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

Table 18-4: Auxiliary contact characteristics

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics

Table 18-5: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil

272 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Table 18-5: Coil characteristics (continued)

Data Description
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 18-3: "Advanced settings of the Timing (VTM) test" on
page 271)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 18-3: "Advanced settings of the Timing (VTM) test" on
page 271)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics
With the Timing (VTM) test, you can also measure the contact travel characteristics. For detailed
information, see 17.5 "Testing circuit breakers with CIBANO 500 and the CB TN3 modules" on
page 252.

Disconnection
For disconnecting the circuit breaker, see "Disconnection" on page 281.

OMICRON 273
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

18.2 First Trip test


The First Trip test measures the opening time of the circuit breaker during the first operation after a long
static period. The trip coil current characteristic is automatically recorded and, if spare auxiliary contacts
are available, they also could be included in the First Trip measurement.
Note: To perform the First Trip test, you need a license. Without the license, it is not possible to start the
measurement and Primary Test Manager displays a missing license message. To get the license,
contact your regional OMICRON service center.

Connection
To connect the test object to CIBANO 500:
1. In Primary Test Manager, open the First Trip test.
2. In the Hardware configuration area, set the hardware configuration.
Note: Do not connect the trigger channel (Trigger IN) and the current clamps to the same neutral
connection socket of the group A or group B.

Figure 18-2: Hardware configuration of the First Trip test

274 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Table 18-6: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500


CIBANO 500 Option
V IN (CAT III / 300 V)
1 Trigger IN1 or Disabled
N Neutral connection of V IN
A-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)

Trigger IN1
A1 Dry contact (potential-free) or Disabled
AUX 1
Wet contact (with potential)

Trigger IN1
A2 Dry contact (potential-free) or Disabled
AUX 2
Wet contact (with potential)

Trigger IN1
A3 Dry contact (potential-free) or Disabled
AUX 3
Wet contact (with potential)
AN Neutral connection of inputs in group A
B-OUTPUT / INPUT (CAT III / 300 V)

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
B1 Phase B or Disabled
I clamp 1
Phase C
Phase A
Main contact Phase B
Phase C

OMICRON 275
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 18-6: Hardware configuration options of CIBANO 500 (continued)


CIBANO 500 Option

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
B2 Phase B or Disabled
I clamp 2
Phase C
Phase A
Main contact Phase B
Phase C

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
B3 Phase B or Disabled
I clamp 3
Phase C
Phase A
Main contact Phase B
Phase C
BN Neutral connection of inputs in group B

Trigger IN1
Generic
all
Phase A
Trip
B4 Phase B or Disabled
I clamp 4
Phase C
Phase A
Main contact Phase B
Phase C
1. Trigger signal starting the measurement

3. Make sure that all cable connectors are clean and dry before being tightly connected.
4. Configure the current clamps (see "Current clamp settings" on page 278).

276 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

5. Connect CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for all phases according to the wiring diagram displayed
in Primary Test Manager and as shown by the following figure.

Bus bar
Station supply

Circuit breaker closed


Spring charged
Trip

Close
Main contacts

Trip
coil

Close
coil

Trip current

CIBANO 500
Trigger

Mains current

Figure 18-3: Connecting CIBANO 500 to the circuit breaker for the First Trip test

OMICRON 277
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

NOTICE
Equipment damage or loss of data possible
► Never connect CIBANO 500 between the respective AUX contacts of the trip and close coils and the
coils themselves since these contacts assure that the voltage is not applied too long to the coils.

Current clamp settings


You must configure the current clamps before connecting them to the circuit breaker under test. The
following figure shows the setting controls of OMICRON current clamps.
Ratio selection Zero adjustment wheel

Figure 18-4: Setting controls of OMICRON current clamps

To configure the current clamps:


1. Set the current clamp ratio (ratio of the voltage output to the measured current). Typically, the current
clamp ratio is 100 mV/A for measuring current on the secondary side of a metering current
transformer.
2. Adjust the null point of the current clamp by turning the zero adjustment wheel until a voltage meter
connected to the current clamp output shows 0 V.

Measurement
To perform a measurement:
1. In the Settings and conditions area, enter the settings of the First Trip test.

Table 18-7: Settings of the First Trip test

Setting Description
Current clamp settings
Channel Group B I/O socket
Ratio Current clamp ratio
I max Maximum current of the selected probe range
Trigger setting
Threshold Threshold value of the trigger signal
The measurement starts if the trigger signal rises above (rising edge) or falls
below (falling edge) the threshold.

278 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Table 18-7: Settings of the First Trip test (continued)

Setting Description
Edge type Rising or falling edge
Sequence
Test sequence Test sequence to be performed

2. Optionally, enter the advanced settings in the Advanced settings area.

Table 18-8: Advanced settings of the First Trip test

Setting Description
Other
Sample rate Measurement sample rate
Contact bounce filter
Auxiliary contact Threshold value of the time interval between two consecutive bounces of
the auxiliary contact. For time intervals equal or below the threshold, the
contact is considered as closed.
Setting the value to 0.0 ms deactivates the contact bounce filter.
Average coil current/voltage
Begin Start of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
End End of the average coil current/voltage evaluation in percent of the time
period during which the current flows through the coil
Sequence
O Sequence for measuring the opening time of the circuit breaker
3. In the Assessment area, configure the assessment.
► Click Edit configuration or click in one of the tables to open the Assessment configuration
dialog box, and then edit the assessment limits.
► Select the Automatic assessment check box to enable the automatic assessment.
Note: For the assessment limit definitions, see 15.3 "Assessment limits" on page 107.
4. In the Measurements area, click Record preview to perform a preview measurement for 2 seconds.
With the preview measurement, you can check the input signals before starting the First Trip test.
The results of the preview measurement are only displayed graphically and are available until you
leave the job or start the First Trip test.

OMICRON 279
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. In the Measurements area, click Start.


The blue ring on the Start/Stop button is on.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not enter the high-voltage test area while testing with CIBANO 500 since any part of the
circuit breaker can carry dangerous voltages.
► Stay in the work area during the test.
6. Start the measurement by pressing the Start/Stop button. From now on, the trigger input is switched
on.
The blue ring on the Start/Stop button flashes for approx. 3 seconds, and the lightning symbol in
Primary Test Manager and the red status light on the front panel are flashing.
Note: If the test does not react to the trigger signal after the circuit breaker has operated, you can
press the Start/Stop button to stop the measurement manually. Then, Primary Test Manager will
display the data recorded until you stopped the measurement.
Note: In emergency cases, you can abort the measurement anytime manually by pressing the
Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
7. After the measurement has finished, the lightning symbol in Primary Test Manager stops flashing, the
green status light is on, and Primary Test Manager displays the measurement results.

Table 18-9: Operating times1

Data Description
Opening time Contact opening time of O operation
Opening sync. Opening synchronization time of O operation
Assessment Assessment of operating times
1. The operating times are calculated per phase or circuit breaker.

Table 18-10: Auxiliary contact characteristics

Data Description
Contact Name of the auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker under test
Phase Phase to which the auxiliary contact belongs
Type Type of the auxiliary contact (a, b, wiper)
Switching time Closing or opening time of the auxiliary contact depending on its type
Duration Duration the wiper contact remains closed
Diff. to main Time difference between the opening or closing of the auxiliary contact and
the corresponding main contact
Assessment Assessment of auxiliary contact characteristics

280 OMICRON
In-service diagnostic methods

Table 18-11: Coil characteristics

Data Description
Peak current Peak current value through a trip or close coil
Average current Average current through the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 18-8: "Advanced settings of the First Trip test" on
page 279)
Average voltage Average voltage applied to the coil (see Average coil current/voltage
settings in Table 18-8: "Advanced settings of the First Trip test" on
page 279)
Resistance Calculated resistance of the coil
Assessment Assessment of coil characteristics

Disconnection
Note: Do not disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500 if you intend to make further measurements.
To disconnect the test object from CIBANO 500:
1. Press the Emergency Stop button on the CIBANO 500 front panel.
2. Wait until the green status light on the CIBANO 500 front panel is on and the voltage/current indicator
on the CIBANO 500 side panel is off.
3. Remove the barrier between the dangerous and the work area.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not touch any part of the circuit breaker before grounding and short-circuiting its terminals.
Always ground and short-circuit the circuit breaker’s terminals by using a grounding set.
4. Disconnect all cables from the circuit breaker.
5. Disconnect all cables from CIBANO 500.
6. Switch off CIBANO 500 by pressing the mains power on/off switch on the CIBANO 500 side panel.
7. Disconnect the mains power cord.
8. Remove the equipotential ground as the last connection that is removed first on the substation side
and then from CIBANO 500.

WARNING
Death or severe injury caused by high voltage or current possible
► Do not leave the circuit breaker’s spring(s) charged after disconnecting CIBANO 500 from the
circuit breaker.
► Always operate the circuit breaker manually by using the circuit breaker’s operation buttons until
the spring(s) are discharged.

OMICRON 281
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

19 Transducers
Note: Based on their robust design, digital motion sensors delivered by OMICRON need neither a
periodic accuracy validation nor calibration.
This section describes how to use the transducers for measuring the circuit breaker’s contact travel with
CIBANO 500 and the related issues. The emphasis is on the attachment of the transducers to the circuit
breaker.
Motion measurements are a well proven and widely used method to assess the mechanical linkage of a
circuit breaker. To benefit from this method, you have to connect a travel sensor.
There are following options, priority-wise ordered:
1. Use the same connection point as used by the manufacturer during factory routine tests.
2. Use the same connection point as during the commissioning of the circuit breaker on site.
3. Connect the travel sensor as close to the main contacts as possible. However, do not touch the
integrity of the circuit breaker.
4. On a ganged operated circuit breaker – Pick the pole which is closest to the spring operating
mechanism.

282 OMICRON
Transducers

19.1 Angular transducers


The angular transducers are used to derive motion curves from a rotating part of the circuit breaker.
There is a mechanical coupling between the transducer and the circuit breaker.

19.1.1 Components
The following components are typically required to perform measurements by using the angular
transducer.

Transducer and adapter


The angular transducer comes with an adapter which facilitates attaching the transducer to the
articulating arm described later in this section. The adapter has five threaded holes (M8) for mounting
flexibility. To enhance the number of options for fixing the transducer, three additional holes with a
diameter of 8.2 mm are available.

Figure 19-1: Angular transducer

OMICRON 283
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Articulating arm and screw clamp


The articulating arm consists of two levers coupled by a ball joint. On the ends of the levers, the ball joints
hold a threaded stub for interfacing with other mechanical components. All three joints can be fixed with
a single set screw. The articulating arm is connected on one side to the screw clamp and on the other
side, it holds the transducer.

Figure 19-2: Articulating arm

The screw clamp is attached directly to the circuit breaker. It has a ball joint for connecting the articulating
arm or the mechanical extensions described later in this section. The ball joint can be fixed by bringing
the lever in the corresponding position.

Figure 19-3: Screw clamp

284 OMICRON
Transducers

Extensions
Two types of extensions of length 100 mm and 50 mm are available to increase the range of the
articulating arm. The extensions can be inserted at either end of the articulating arm.

Figure 19-4: Articulating arm extensions

Couplings
Two types of couplings are available for the angular transducers: a flexible coupling and a coupling using
a drill chuck. The couplings are used to connect the shaft of the angular transducer to a rotating part of
the circuit breaker. The diameter of the hole of the flexible coupling is 10 mm, the drill chuck accepts
shafts with diameters between 0.8 mm and 10 mm.

Figure 19-5: Flexible coupling

Figure 19-6: Coupling with a drill chuck

OMICRON 285
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Mounting kit

Adapter disk
Sleeves

Flexible coupling

Screw-in rods
Adapter disk rods

Figure 19-7: Mounting kit

The following table shows examples of circuit breakers fitting the drill holes in the adapter disk. You can
use the mounting kit for any other circuit breakers which fit the drill holes.

Table 19-1: Examples of circuit breakers fitting the adapter disk

Character on the disk Circuit breaker


A Siemens SPS/3AP <72.5 kV
B Siemens SPS/3AP 72.5 kV – 145 kV
C ABB HPL/LTB >145 kV
D Alstom GL >72.5 kV
E Siemens 3AP >145 kV
F ABB HPL/LTB >145 kV

286 OMICRON
Transducers

19.1.2 Installation and measurement setup


The angular transducer has to be installed directly in front of the rotating shaft (axial alignment) of the
circuit breaker. Before installing the transducer, check that there is enough space for mounting the screw
clamp and the articulating arm.

Pole column C Pole column B Pole column A

Interrupter unit

Support insulator

Drive lever Connecting rod

Lever pivot Base frame


Drive rod

Lever

Crank case

Spring-operating mechanism Support

Figure 19-8: Spring-operated live-tank high-voltage circuit breaker

To install an angular transducer:


1. Attach the flexible coupling and the drill chuck, if necessary, to the rotating shaft of the circuit breaker.
2. Mount the screw clamp and the articulating arm holding the transducer in the optimal position in front
of the rotating shaft on the circuit breaker.

OMICRON 287
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

3. Fit the shaft of the transducer into the hole of the flexible coupling and tighten the screws.
4. Fix the articulating arm by using the set screw and the joint of the screw clamp by switching the lever
to the corresponding position.
5. Connect the cable of the transducer to one digital interface of the CB TN3 module.
6. Configure the CB TN3 digital interface in Primary Test Manager.
If it is possible to exchange the screw on the lever pivot, mount the travel sensor as described in
Figure 19-9 and Figure 19-10.

Connecting rod X-X view

Drive rod
Drive lever

Figure 19-9: Lever (X-X view) where the screw at the pivot point of the lever can be exchanged

Articulating arm Parallel vice

Circuit breaker
drive lever
X-X view
M8

Rotary transducer
M 10

M 12 Flexible coupling
Washer
CB TN3
Screw-in rods

Figure 19-10: Use screw-in rods to apply OMICRON motion transducer to the drive lever of the circuit
breaker

288 OMICRON
Transducers

If it is not possible to exchange the screw on the lever pivot, mount the travel sensor as described in
Figure 19-11 and Figure 19-12.

Connecting rod Lever


X-X view

Lever

Figure 19-11: Lever (X-X view) where the screw at the pivot point of the lever cannot be exchanged

Articulating arm Parallel vice

Circuit breaker
lever
X-X view
35 mm
Sleeves Screws Rotary transducer
70 mm

130 mm
Adapter disk Flexible coupling
CB TN3

Adapter disk rods

Figure 19-12: Use the adapter disk to apply OMICRON motion transducer to the drive lever of the circuit
breaker

OMICRON 289
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

19.1.3 Technical data


The following specifications apply to angular transducers supplied by OMICRON.

Table 19-2: Angular transducer specifications

Characteristic Rating
Resolution 0.0125º
Maximum velocity 5000 rpm
Supply voltage 5 V DC

19.2 Linear transducers


The linear transducers are used to derive motion curves from a linearly moving part of the circuit breaker.
Alternatively, the linear transducers can translate the rotation of a shaft into a motion curve if the
diameter of the shaft is large enough. There is no mechanical connection between the circuit breaker
and the transducer.

19.2.1 Components
The following components are typically required to perform measurements by using the linear
transducer.

Transducer and adapter


The linear transducer comes with an adapter which facilitates the transducer to the articulating arm
described earlier in this chapter.

Read head

Figure 19-13: Linear transducer

290 OMICRON
Transducers

Magnetic tape
The magnetic tape is the “scale” for the linear transducer. It is either fixed onto the flat surface of a
moving part of the circuit breaker or wrapped around a rotating shaft. Usually, a double-sided adhesive
tape is used for the mechanical bond between the tape and the circuit breaker.

Figure 19-14: Magnetic tapes

Adhesive tapes
Adhesive tapes are used to fix the magnetic tapes to the circuit breaker. The double-sided adhesive tape
can be used for flat mounting surfaces. Both double-sided and standard adhesive tapes support
mounting of the magnetic tape on the perimeter of a shaft (“wrapping the magnetic tape around a shaft”).

Figure 19-15: Double-sided adhesive tape

Articulating arm and screw clamp


For information about the articulating arm and the screw clamp, see "Articulating arm and screw clamp"
on page 284.

Extensions
For information about the extensions, see "Extensions" on page 285.

OMICRON 291
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

19.2.2 Installation and measurement setup


Before installing the linear transducer, evaluate the options of attaching the magnetic tape on a part of
the circuit breaker that undergoes a linear or a nearly linear motion during switching operation.
Alternatively, evaluate the options of attaching the magnetic tape to a rotating shaft of the circuit breaker.
The minimum diameter of the shaft is 20 mm. Below this diameter the accuracy specifications are no
longer guaranteed.
To install a linear transducer:
1. Place the transducer such that the gap between the magnetic tape and the read head is between
0.1 mm and 2 mm. Evaluate the options of connecting the screw clamp in conjunction with the
articulating arm such that the transducer can be held in the desired position.
2. Mount the screw clamp and the articulating arm holding the transducer in the optimal position.
3. Fix the articulating arm by using the set screw and the joint of the screw clamp by switching the lever
to the corresponding position.
4. Connect the cable of the transducer to one digital interface of the CB TN3 module.
5. Configure the CB TN3 digital interface in Primary Test Manager.

19.2.3 Technical data


The following specifications apply to linear transducers supplied by OMICRON.

Table 19-3: Linear transducer specifications

Characteristic Rating
Resolution 10 μm
Maximum velocity 25 m/s
Supply voltage 5 V DC

292 OMICRON
Transducers

19.3 Transducer for the ABB HMB driving mechanism

Linear slider pin

Mounting base with two


plug screws

Adjustable plug screw

Digital interface connector

Figure 19-16: Transducer for the ABB HMB circuit breaker driving mechanism

19.3.1 Installation and measurement setup


► Before starting to mount or to link a digital linear transducer, bring the circuit breaker into the open
position, discharge the disc spring column completely and de-energize the pump module which
primes the disc spring.
To mount the digital linear transducer:
1. Protect the circuit breaker drive rod with a clean cloth.
2. Screw in the adjustable plug screw completely.
3. In the driving mechanism, locate the hole where the linear slider pin should be placed.
4. Insert and guide the transducer above the drive rod carefully and gently.
5. Insert the linear slider pin into the hole of the driving mechanism’s moving plate.
6. Insert the two plug screws of the mounting base into the head of the respective Allen screws of the
circuit breaker.
7. Unscrew the adjustable plug screw, place its cap head into the upper Allen screw head, and then
tighten it gently with an open-ended spanner.
8. Plug the cable into the digital interface connector.
9. Remove the cloth from the circuit breaker’s rod.

OMICRON 293
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

19.3.2 Technical data


The following specifications apply to transducers made for the ABB HMB driving mechanism supplied
by OMICRON.

Table 19-4: Specifications of the transducers for the ABB HMB driving mechanism

Characteristic Rating
Resolution 9.7609 μm
Supply voltage 5 V DC

294 OMICRON
Troubleshooting

20 Troubleshooting
20.1 Connecting to CIBANO 500
If you encounter any problems when connecting to CIBANO 500 we recommend turning off any wireless
adapter and VPN software on your computer.
If the CIBANO 500 device to which you want to connect is not displayed in the list of available devices,
proceed as follows:
1. Click the Start OMICRON Device Link button .
2. In the OMICRON Device Link window, look for the device you want to connect to and read its IP
address.
3. In the home view, click More next to the Connect button, and then click Add device manually.

Figure 20-1: Add device manually dialog box

4. In the Add device manually dialog box, type the IP address of the device you want to connect to.
5. Click Connect.
If you assigned a static IP address to the device, you can try to connect as follows:
1. In the Add device manually dialog box, select the Direct connection check box.
2. In the IP (with prefix) box, type cb://a.b.c.d, where a.b.c.d is the static IP address of the device.

OMICRON 295
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

20.2 Firewall configuration


A correct firewall configuration is essential for successful establishing a communication between
CIBANO 500 and your computer.
Note: Any change to the firewall settings mentioned in this section requires administrator rights on your
computer.

20.2.1 Windows firewall


The configuration of the Windows firewall is carried out automatically during the installation of Primary
Test Manager. However, in certain cases this may have no immediate effect.
► To prevent the Windows firewall from blocking communication, (temporarily) disable it via the
Windows Control panel.
If you are now able to successfully establish communication, the Windows firewall was the reason for
the blocked communication between your test set and your computer.
► Reconfigure the Windows firewall in order to enable a permanent use of the test set without having
to disable the Windows firewall.
For more information, see20.2.3 "Manual firewall configuration" later in this section.

20.2.2 Third-party firewall


► If you are using a firewall other than the Windows firewall, temporarily disable it to see if this firewall
may be the cause for the blocked communication.
For more information on configuring a third-party firewall to allow a permanent communication between
CIBANO 500 and your computer, see 20.2.3 "Manual firewall configuration" later in this section.
Note: Numerous computer security programs or anti-virus packages also contain an integrated firewall
function. Double-check and, if applicable, remove all such programs that may be installed on your
computer.

296 OMICRON
Troubleshooting

20.2.3 Manual firewall configuration


If you would like to manually configure your firewall settings, the following ports/services have to be open
in order to get a functional communication.

Table 20-1: Inbound rules


Program/service name Rule name Protocol Local port Remote Local IP Remote IP
type port
OMICRON OMFind UDP 4987 Any Any Any
4987 (UDP-In)
OMICRON OMFind UDP 4988 Any 234.5.6.7 Any
4988 (UDP-In)
OMFind.exe1
OMICRON OMFind UDP 4987 Any Any Any
4987 (UDP-In)
OMICRON OMFind UDP 4988 Any 234.5.6.7 Any
4988 (UPD-In)
OMComm.exe2 OMICRON Device UDP (17) 4987,4988 Any Any Any
Detection (In)
Any OMICRON TCP (6), Any Any 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.0/8
Interprocess UDP (17)
Communication

1. Default installation path:


64-bit: C:\Program Files (x86)\Common Files\OMICRON
32-bit: C:\Program Files\Common Files\OMICRON
2. Default installation path:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\OMICRON\OMCOMM\omcomm.exe

Table 20-2: Outbound rules


Program/service name Rule name Protocol Local port Remote Local IP Remote IP
type port
Any OMICRON CIBANO ICMPv4 Any Any Any Any
(ICMPv4-Out)
OMICRON OMFind ICMPv4 Any Any Any Any
(ICMPv4-Out)
OMICRON Primary ICMPv4 Any Any Any Any
Test Manager
(ICMPv4-Out)
ODBFileMonitor.exe1 OMICRON Device TCP Any 21 Any Any
Browser File Monitor
FTP CMD
(TCP-Out)
OMICRON Device TCP Any 3000 - 3020 Any Any
Browser File Monitor
FTP DATA
(TCP-Out)
OMFind.exe1 OMICRON OMFind UDP Any 4988 Any 234.5.6.7
4988 (UDP-Out)
PTM.exe2 OMICRON CIBANO TCP Any 6643 Any Any
6643 (TCP-Out)
Any OMICRON Device ICMP (1) Any Any Any Any
Detection (ICMP)

OMICRON 297
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 20-2: Outbound rules (continued)


Program/service name Rule name Protocol Local port Remote Local IP Remote IP
type port
OMComm.exe3 OMICRON Device UDP (17) Any 4988 Any Any
Detection (Out)
Any OMICRON TCP (6), Any Any 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.0/8
Interprocess UDP (17)
Communication
Any OMICRON Test Set TCP (6) Any 2200-2204 Any Any
Communication
DeviceLink.exe4 OMICRON UDP Any 69 Any Any
DeviceLink

1. Default installation path:


64-bit: C:\Program Files (x86)\Common Files\OMICRON
32-bit: C:\Program Files\Common Files\OMICRON
2. Default installation path: C:\Program Files\OMICRON\PTM
3. Default installation path: C:\Program Files\Common Files\OMICRON\OMCOMM\omcomm.exe
4. Default installation path: C:\Program Files\Common Files\OMICRON\DeviceLink\DeviceLink.exe

20.3 CIBANO 500 does not start


If the mains voltage exceeds the maximum rated level (see Table 21-18: "Power supply specifications"
on page 309), an overvoltage protection will disconnect CIBANO 500 from mains. In this case, the red
lamp on the power switch is on and both status lights on the CIBANO 500 front panel are off.
First, switch CIBANO 500 off and wait at least five minutes before powering CIBANO 500 up again. If
CIBANO 500 still has not started, check the mains voltage and ensure that it does not exceed the
maximum permitted rating.

20.4 Hardware self-test


Before performing the first test after CIBANO 500 has been powered on, a hardware self-test runs for
approximately 6 seconds. The self-test checks functionality of the CIBANO 500 hardware components
such as relays, IGBT and amplifiers. If the self-test passed, no action is required. If the self-test failed,
Primary Test Manager displays detailed information and instructions.
Note: During the self-test, the Emergency Stop button must be released.

298 OMICRON
Troubleshooting

20.5 Changing the hardware configuration


When you open a prepared test or you connect a test set while having a previously prepared test open,
Primary Test Manager automatically checks the hardware configuration of your test setup. The following
dialog box informs you about the difference between the stored and the currently connected hardware
configuration.

Figure 20-2: Example of the hardware configuration mismatch

Then, do one of the following:


► To restore the stored hardware configuration, change the connected configuration to match the
hardware configuration of the original test, and then click Restore.
► Click Reset to discard the stored hardware configuration and use the current hardware configuration
of the test set with default settings.
Note: After you click Reset, the test will be irreversibly reconfigured with the currently connected
hardware configuration.
► Click Close to disconnect Primary Test Manager from CIBANO 500.

20.6 Upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software


If you encounter any problems when upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software in the Primary Test
Manager home view, we recommend doing it by using the device browser.
To upgrade the CIBANO 500 embedded software by using the device browser:
1. We recommend exiting Primary Test Manager if it is running.
2. Double-click the OMICRON Devices icon on the desktop.
3. In the OMICRON Devices window, right-click the CIBANO 500 device you want to upgrade, and then
click Upgrade device to open the CIBANO 500 device website in your default web browser.
In the default web browser, a website with the IP address of the CIBANO 500 device opens.
4. On the navigation bar, click the flag representing the language you want to use.

OMICRON 299
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

5. On the navigation bar, click Upgrade, and then click Select file.

Figure 20-3: Upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software

6. In the Choose File to Upload window, browse to the upload file. You can find the upload file:
• On the Primary Test Manager DVD at
.\_EmbeddedSoftware\Cibano500\embeddedImage.tar
• On the hard disk of your computer at
C:\Program Files (x86)\Common Files\OMICRON\UpgradeImages\CHIMERA\
embeddedImage.tar
7. On the device website, click Start upload.
8. After the upload has finished, CIBANO 500 reboots automatically.
Note: Depending on the browser you are using you may wait up to 30 seconds for a response after
you pressed Start upload. Sometimes a message may appear that the server does not respond.
Ignore this message, after a while the upload will start automatically.
9. If you exited Primary Test Manager before upgrading the CIBANO 500 embedded software, start
Primary Test Manager again after the upgrade procedure has finished.
10.Connect to the CIBANO 500 device.

300 OMICRON
Technical data

21 Technical data
21.1 Calibration interval of CIBANO 500
All input/output values are guaranteed for one year within an ambient temperature of 23 ºC ± 5 ºC/73 ºF
± 10 ºF, a warm-up time longer than 25 min. and in a frequency range of 45 Hz to 65 Hz. Accuracy
values indicate that the error is smaller than ±(value read × reading error [rd] + full scale of the range ×
full scale error [fs]). For mains voltages below 190 V AC the system is subject to power restrictions.
Technical data is subject to change without notice.

21.2 CIBANO 500 specifications

Table 21-1: General output specifications

Characteristic Rating
Frequency DC/15 Hz…400 Hz
Vmains P30 s P2 h
Power >100 V 1500 W 1000 W
>190 V 3200 W 2400 W

Table 21-2: Voltage source (A & B)

Source Range Imax, 30 s1 Imax, 2 h1


DC high range 0…±300 V 27.5 A 12 A
DC low range 0…±150 V 55 A 24 A
AC high range 0…240 V 20 A 12 A
AC low range 0…120 V 40 A 24 A
1. Within the power limits specified in Table 21-1: "General output specifications"

Table 21-3: Current source (A & B)

Source Range Vmax, 5 min1 Vmax, 15 min1


DC source 3 × 0…±50 A 50 V n/a
DC source 3 × 0…±24 A n/a 50 V
1. Within the power limit specified earlier in this section

OMICRON 301
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following figures display the output characteristics of CIBANO 500.

High-range/ <2 h

High-range/ <30 s
Output voltage [V]

Low-range/ <2 h

Low-range/ <30 s

Output current [A]

Figure 21-1: DC output characteristics

High-range/ <2 h

High-range/ <30 s
Output voltage [V]

Low-range/ <2 h

Low-range/ <30 s

Output current [A]

Figure 21-2: AC output characteristics

The CAT level required depends on the CIBANO 500 application. All CAT ratings are defined for sea
levels below 2000 m. There are some limitations between 2000 m and 5000 m sea level.
CAT I is required when the measured voltage is generated by the test set itself. No voltages from other
sources are measured. When measuring on circuit breakers that are fully disconnected from the
substation installation CAT I would be sufficient.

302 OMICRON
Technical data

CAT II is required when measuring within electrical devices or between mains supply and devices.
CAT III is required when measuring in electrical installations such as control cubicles that are still
connected to the station battery or mains. The electrical installations are protected by a fuse.

Table 21-4: Internal measurement of outputs A (CAT III / 300 V)1

Range name Range value Accuracy2


DC: 0.1% rd + 0.05% fs
300 V 0…300 V
AC: 0.03% rd + 0.01% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-5: Internal measurement of outputs B (CAT III / 300 V)1

Range name Range value Accuracy2


DC: 0.1% rd + 0.05% fs
300 V 0…300 V
AC: 0.03% rd + 0.01% fs
3V 0…3 V DC: 0.1% rd + 0.05% fs
300 mV 0…300 mV DC: 0.1% rd + 0.1% fs
30 mV 0…30 mV DC: 0.1% rd + 0.1% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-6: Internal measurement of outputs

Range name Range value Accuracy1


55 A 0…55 A DC: 0.1% rd + 0.2% fs
40 A 0…40 A AC: 0.1% rd + 0.1% fs
1. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-7: Resistance measurement

Range name Range value Meas. current Accuracy1


30 mV 0.1 μΩ…300 μΩ 100 A 0.2% rd + 0.1 μΩ
300 mV 0.5 μΩ…3000 μΩ 100 A 0.2% rd + 0.5 μΩ
3V 5 μΩ…30 mΩ 100 A 0.2% rd + 5 μΩ
3V 50 μΩ…300 mΩ 10 A 0.2% rd + 50 μΩ
1. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-8: Timing accuracy

Characteristic Rating
Timing accuracy ±1 sample interval ±0.01% rd

OMICRON 303
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 21-9: Voltage input V IN (CAT III / 300 V)1

Input Range Accuracy2


DC input 0…420 V 0.5% rd + 0.5% fs
AC input 0…300 V 0.5% rd + 0.5% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-10: Binary input A (CAT III / 300 V)1

Characteristic Rating
Toggling with potential-free (dry) contacts or voltages (wet)
Binary input type
up to 300 V DC
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.

21.3 Interfaces
CIBANO 500 provides the following interfaces.

Table 21-11: Interfaces

Interface Rating
Digital 2 × safety connection dongle, 1 × serial, 1 × Ethernet
EtherCAT® module: 4 × EtherCAT®
Auxiliary module: 1 × EtherCAT®, 3 × binary input (C)
Analog 1 × analog input (V IN)
3 × analog input/analog output/binary input (A)
4 × analog input/analog output (B)
Auxiliary module: 3 × binary input (C)

304 OMICRON
Technical data

21.3.1 Commands
The commands for trip, close and motor can be routed to up to three output sockets in section A or B.

Table 21-12: Specifications when internal supply is used

Typical voltage drop = 3 V


Command Max. current1 Duty cycle
6 ARMS AC or DC Continuous
15 ARMS AC or DC 20 s on, 80 s off
Trip/Close/Supply
30 ARMS AC or DC 10 s on,190 s off
40 ARMS AC or 55 A DC 200 ms
24 ARMS AC or DC Continuous
Motor 40 ARMS AC or DC 20 s on, 80 s off
55 A DC 10 s on,190 s off
1. Valid while using one channel. Thermal derating when 2 or 3 channels are used in parallel.

Table 21-13: Specifications when external supply is used

Command Max. current1 Duty cycle


24 ARMS AC or DC Continuous
Trip/Close/Supply/Motor 40 ARMS AC or DC 20 s on, 80 s off
55 A DC 10 s on,190 s off
1. Valid while using one channel. Thermal derating when 2 or 3 channels are used in parallel.

21.3.2 EtherCAT® interface


For the maximum use case of the EtherCAT®-based accessories, you can connect up to twelve CB MC2
modules, one CB TN3 module and up to three IOB1 modules. In this case, the default sample rate of
10 kHz and the recommended system setup for Primary Test Manager (see 2 "System requirements" on
page 15) have to be used.

OMICRON 305
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

21.3.3 Auxiliary module

Table 21-14: Voltage input C (CAT III / 300 V)1

Input Range Accuracy2


DC input 0…420 V 0.5% rd + 0.1% fs
AC input 0…300 V 0.5% rd + 0.1% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 21-15: Binary input C (CAT III / 300 V)1

Characteristic Rating
Toggling with potential-free (dry) contacts or voltages (wet)
Binary input type
up to 300 V DC
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 21-19: "Climate" on page 310.

Table 21-16: Interfaces

Interface Rating
Digital 1 × EtherCAT®
Analog 3 × binary input

21.4 SAFETY connectors


CIBANO 500 has two SAFETY connectors: SAFETY 1 (primary) and SAFETY 2 (secondary) for
connecting optional OMICRON safety accessories (for more information, see the Safety Accessory
Supplementary Sheet provided by OMICRON). Both connectors have as default a removable safety
connector dongle connected to it. Removing either one or both safety connector dongles will open the
emergency stop circuit loop inside CIBANO 500 preventing the operation of the device.

21.4.1 Using the safety accessories


OMICRON offers several safety accessories designed to enhance the safety awareness and/or safety
when using CIBANO 500. The use of a safety accessory typically requires the removal of one of the
safety connector dongles to allow the safety accessory to be plugged in. Some safety accessories
themselves contain a SAFETY OUT connector to allow daisy-chaining safety accessories with each
other. If the connected (or the last daisy-chained) safety accessory itself also contains a SAFETY OUT
connector, the safety connector dongle initially removed from CIBANO 500 SAFETY 1 or SAFETY 2
connector must be attached to it to close the emergency stop loop.

306 OMICRON
Technical data

21.4.2 SAFETY 1 and SAFETY 2 connector pinouts


SAFETY 1 and SAFETY 2 connector pinouts differ slightly (see Table 21-17: "SAFETY 1 and
SAFETY 2 pin assignment", Figure 21-3: "SAFETY 1 (primary) connector schematics" and
Figure 21-4: "SAFETY 2 (secondary) connector schematics" later in this section).

21.4.3 External START button connection


SAFETY 1 (primary) connector can be used to connect an external START button to allow remote
control of CIBANO 500. If an external START button is used, the switch must fulfill the following
requirements:
• Roff (open resistance) > 1 MΩ
• Ron (close resistance) < 10 Ω
• Iswitch (switching current) < 1.5 mA
• Vswitch (switching voltage) < 15 V

Table 21-17: SAFETY 1 and SAFETY 2 pin assignment

Pin no. SAFETY 1 (primary) SAFETY 2 (secondary)


11 Warning light green Warning light green
2 4
21 Warning light red Warning light red
1 3 5
3* Start button IN (n/o) Start button OUT (n/o)
4* Common start n/o + Common start n/o +
emergency stop emergency stop
5* Emergency stop Emergency stop
6* Ground Ground
6 8 7* Ground Ground
7 9 8* Start button IN (n/c) Start button OUT (n/c)
9* Ground Ground
1. Typical output pin 1 and pin 2 for SAFETY 1 and SAFETY 2 each: 10 V…14 V/max. 400 mA

OMICRON 307
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

External START
switch (Opener)

Green Red
status status
light light
SAFETY 1
(primary)

External START
switch (Closer)

External EMERGENCY STOP switch

Figure 21-3: SAFETY 1 (primary) connector schematics

PIN 8
Connect to next
PIN 3 device's
SAFETY or
SAFETY 1
Green Red
(primary)
status status
connector
light light

SAFETY 2
(secondary)

External EMERGENCY STOP switch

Figure 21-4: SAFETY 2 (secondary) connector schematics

308 OMICRON
Technical data

21.4.4 Safety connector dongle


For more information about the safety accessories and the use of the SAFETY connectors and the safety
connector dongle, see the Safety Accessory Supplementary Sheet.

Figure 21-5: Safety connector dongle

21.5 Power supply specifications

Table 21-18: Power supply specifications

Characteristic Rating
Nominal 100 V…240 V AC
Voltage
Permitted 85 V…264 V AC
Current Nominal 16 A
Nominal 50 Hz/60 Hz
Frequency
Permitted 45 Hz…65 Hz
Automatic circuit breaker with magnetic overcurrent
Power fuse
tripping at I >16 A
Power consumption Continuous <3.5 kW
Peak <5.0 kW
Connector type IEC320/C20, 1 phase

OMICRON 309
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

21.6 Environmental conditions

Table 21-19: Climate

Characteristic Rating
Operating –10 ºC…+55 ºC/+14 ºF…+131 ºF
Temperature
Storage –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
2000 m/6550 ft, up to 5000 m/16400 ft with limited
Operating
Max. altitude specifications1,2
Storage 12 000 m/40 000 ft
1. Voltage inputs V IN (CAT III / 300 V) and C (CAT III / 300 V): from 2000 m/6550 ft to 5000 m/16400 ft altitude CAT III
compliance only with half voltage
2. Outputs A (CAT III / 300 V) and B (CAT III / 300 V) and binary inputs A (CAT III / 300 V) and C (CAT III / 300 V): from
2000 m/6550 ft to 5000 m/16400 ft altitude only CAT II compliance or CAT III compliance with half voltage

21.7 Mechanical data

Table 21-20: Mechanical data

Characteristic Rating
580 mm × 386 mm × 229 mm/22.9 inch × 15.2 inch × 9.0 inch
Dimensions (w × h× d)
(w = 464 mm/18.3 inch without handles)
Weight 20 kg/44.1 lb

310 OMICRON
Technical data

21.8 Standards

Table 21-21: Standards conformity

EMC, safety

IEC/EN 61326-1 (industrial electromagnetic environment)


EMC
FCC subpart B of part 15, class A

IEC/EN/UL 61010-1,
Safety
IEC/EN/UL 61010-2-30

Other
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Shock
(15 g/11 ms, half-sinusoid, 3 shocks in each axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Vibration (frequency range 10 Hz…150 Hz, acceleration 2 g continuous
(20 m/s2/65 ft/s2), 20 cycles per axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-78
Humidity (5%…95% relative humidity, no condensation),
tested at 40 ºC/104 ºF for 48 hours

OMICRON 311
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

22 Accessories
22.1 CB MC2 module
22.1.1 Designated use
The CB MC2 module is a probe for timing, static and dynamic resistance measurements on the circuit
breaker’s main contacts. It facilitates measurements where current is injected over the circuit breaker
interrupter while the circuit breaker is operated (tripped or closed).
2 × DC current output

2 × voltage/binary Visualization LED for


input identifying the
CB MC2 module

Figure 22-1: Front view of the CB MC2 module

312 OMICRON
Accessories

Two green LEDs indicating the EtherCAT®


state.
RUN: Signals the state of the EtherCAT®
state machine.
L/A: Signals the state of the physical link
and activity on this link.
LEDs with the same functionality are also
on the side panel of CIBANO 500 (see
3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18.)

EtherCAT® connector for connecting


the CB MC2 to CIBANO 500

Figure 22-2: Bottom view of the CB MC2 module

OMICRON 313
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

22.1.2 Technical data

Table 22-1: CB MC2 specifications

Characteristic Rating
Current output
Number of channels 2
Current source 0…100 A DC
Maximum output 2.6 V DC
voltage
Static contact resistance measurement
Range 0.1 μΩ…1000 μΩ
Accuracy1 0.2% rd + 0.1 μΩ
Measuring current 100 A
Dynamic contact resistance measurement2
Range 10 μΩ…200 mΩ
Accuracy1 0.2% rd + 10 μΩ
Settling time 40 μs
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
Pre-insertion resistance (PIR) measurement
Range 0…10 kΩ
Accuracy (<500 Ω)1 0.5% rd + 10 mΩ
Accuracy 3% rd
(500 Ω…10 kΩ)1
Timing measurement
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
Accuracy ±1 sample interval ±0.01% rd
Interface
Communication EtherCAT®
protocol
Connector type RJ-45
1. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.
2. Valid for test currents ≥10 A

314 OMICRON
Accessories

Table 22-2: Maximum output current duration with a fully charged capacitor1
Load
Output current
100 μΩ 500 μΩ 3 mΩ
1 × 100 A 6200 ms 5960 ms 4460 ms
2 × 100 A 1900 ms 1780 ms 1030 ms
1. Only valid if the standard 3 m red and 0.75 m black high-current cables are used.

All input/output values are guaranteed for one year within the environmental conditions specified in the
following table.

Table 22-3: Climate

Characteristic Rating
Operating –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
Temperature
Storage –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
Operating 5 000 m/16 400 ft
Max. altitude
Storage 12 000 m/40 000 ft

Table 22-4: Mechanical data

Characteristic Rating
Dimensions (w × h× d) 109 mm × 272 mm × 63 mm/
4.3 inch × 10.7 inch × 2.5 inch
Weight 1.2 kg/2.6 lb

OMICRON 315
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 22-5: Standards conformity

EMC, safety

IEC/EN 61326-1 (industrial electromagnetic environment)


EMC
FCC subpart B of part 15, class A

Safety IEC/EN/UL 61010-1

Other
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Shock
(15 g/11 ms, half-sinusoid, 3 shocks in each axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Vibration (frequency range 10 Hz…150 Hz, acceleration 2 g continuous
(20 m/s2/65 ft/s2), 20 cycles per axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-78
Humidity (5%…95% relative humidity, no condensation),
tested at 40 ºC/104 ºF for 48 hours
Protection class IP 42 (only in the pendent position),
according to IEC/EN 60529

316 OMICRON
Accessories

22.2 CB TN3 module


22.2.1 Designated use
The CB TN3 module is used to evaluate pressure signals and the displacement of the circuit breaker’s
main contacts during operation. The pressure and contact travel are measured by transducers
connected to the CB TN3 module. The CB TN3 module supports digital and analog transducers.
Digital interfaces
(EIA-422 standard)
For the pin assignment, see
Table 22-6: "Pin assignment
of the digital interface
connector" on page 318.

Analog interfaces
For the socket
assignment, see
Table 22-7: "Socket
assignment of the analog
interface connector" on
page 319.

Grounding socket
(reserved for future use)

Figure 22-3: Front view of the CB TN3 module

OMICRON 317
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Two green LEDs indicating the EtherCAT®


state.
RUN: Signals the state of the EtherCAT®
state machine.
L/A: Signals the state of the physical link
and activity on this link.
LEDs with the same functionality are also
on the side panel of CIBANO 500 (see
3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18.)

EtherCAT® connector for connecting


the CB TN3 to CIBANO 500

Figure 22-4: Bottom view of the CB TN3 module

Table 22-6: Pin assignment of the digital interface connector

Layout Pin Description


Differential signals
1 A
2 !A1
3 B

1 6 4 !B1
2 7 5 Supply voltage

3 4 5 (reserved for future use) +5 V


6 +5 V…+30 V
(set by the user in Primary Test
Manager)
Grounding
7 GND
1. Inverted signal

318 OMICRON
Accessories

Table 22-7: Socket assignment of the analog interface connector

Layout Socket Channel Description


Red Voltage/current output
Yellow Voltage measurement
1
Black Current
measurement/GND
Red Voltage/current output
Yellow Voltage measurement
2
Black Current
measurement/GND
Red Voltage/current output
Yellow Voltage measurement
3
Black Current
measurement/GND

OMICRON 319
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

22.2.2 Technical data

Table 22-8: CB TN3 specifications

Characteristic Rating
Max. number of 3
digital/analog
transducers used
simultaneously
Interface to CIBANO 500
Communication EtherCAT®
protocol
Connector type RJ-45

Table 22-9: Analog transducer interface

Characteristic Rating
Output
Number of channels 3
Voltage 5 V…30 V DC
Current 10 mA…50 mA
Voltage input
Number of channels 3
Range 30 V
Accuracy1 0.1% rd + 20 mV
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
Current input
Number of channels 3
Range 50 mA
Accuracy1 0.1% rd + 20 μA

1. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

320 OMICRON
Accessories

Table 22-10: Digital transducer interface

Characteristic Rating
Output
Number of channels 3
Voltage 5 V…30 V DC
Current 10 mA…200 mA
Max. power per channel 5 W
Input
Input signal 2 square-wave signals according to EIA-422/485 standard
Max. input frequency 10 MHz
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
Accuracy ±1 pulse ±0.01% rd

All input/output values are guaranteed for one year within the environmental conditions specified in the
following table.

Table 22-11: Climate

Characteristic Rating
Operating –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
Temperature
Storage –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
Operating 5 000 m/16 400 ft
Max. altitude
Storage 12 000 m/40 000 ft

Table 22-12: Mechanical data

Characteristic Rating
Dimensions (w × h× d) 109 mm × 272 mm × 63 mm/4.3 inch × 10.7 inch × 2.5 inch
Weight 0.76 kg/1.7 lb

OMICRON 321
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 22-13: Standards conformity

EMC, safety

IEC/EN 61326-1 (industrial electromagnetic environment)


EMC
FCC subpart B of part 15, class A

Safety IEC/EN/UL 61010-1

Other
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Shock
(15 g/11 ms, half-sinusoid, 3 shocks in each axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Vibration (frequency range 10 Hz…150 Hz, acceleration 2 g continuous
(20 m/s2/65 ft/s2), 20 cycles per axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-78
Humidity (5%…95% relative humidity, no condensation),
tested at 40 ºC/104 ºF for 48 hours
Protection class IP 42 (only in the pendent position),
according to IEC/EN 60529

322 OMICRON
Accessories

22.3 IOB1 module


22.3.1 Designated use
The IOB1 module extends the amount of inputs and outputs of CIBANO 500. It provides 12 completely
independent galvanically isolated channels (CAT III / 300 V). The additional inputs and outputs can be
used for reading auxiliary contacts and controlling trip and close coils and motors.

Two LEDs indicating the IOB1 state.


Voltage/current indicator is flashing: Indicates
hazardous voltage and/or current levels at the
IOB1 inputs/outputs.
ERROR: Indicates an error.
(see Table 22-14: "ERROR LED’s states" later
in this section)

Six binary output channels Six binary input channels (dry/wet)

Mandatory grounding connection

Figure 22-5: Front view of the IOB1 module

Table 22-14: ERROR LED’s states

State Description
Off No error
Flashes periodically two times Supply failure of the channel relay
Flashes periodically three times Overtemperature

OMICRON 323
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

The following figures show the output and input channel configurations.

Supply +

To coil or motor

Supply –

Figure 22-6: Output channel configuration

The contacts of the output channels are controlled by CIBANO 500 according to the specified test
sequence. Each output channel has an integrated voltage and current measurement. Because of the
integrated voltage measurement, the output channels can also be used to detect the state of an auxiliary
contact. The output channels are externally supplied, for example, via the B3/BN output of CIBANO 500.

Aux. contact +

Aux. contact –

Figure 22-7: Input channel configuration

The input channels are used to detect the state of an auxiliary contact. These contacts can have a
voltage supplied to them (wet) or can be potential free (dry).
Two green LEDs indicating the EtherCAT®
state.
RUN: Signals the state of the EtherCAT®
state machine.
L/A: Signals the state of the physical link
and activity on this link.
LEDs with the same functionality are also
on the side panel of CIBANO 500 (see
3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18.)

EtherCAT® connector for connecting


the IOB1 to CIBANO 500

Figure 22-8: Bottom view of the IOB1 module

324 OMICRON
Accessories

22.3.2 Technical data

Table 22-15: Voltage measurement on BINARY OUT/BINARY IN (CAT III / 300 V)1

Signal type Measurement range Accuracy2


DC, continuous 0.05% rd + 0.05% fs
300 V
AC, continuous 0.05% rd + 0.02% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 22-21: "Climate" on page 326.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 22-16: Current measurement on BINARY OUT (CAT III / 300 V)1

Signal type Measurement range Accuracy2


DC, continuous 0.1% rd + 0.2% fs
40 A
AC, continuous 0.1% rd + 0.05% fs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 22-21: "Climate" on page 326.
2. Means “typical accuracy”; 98% of all units have an accuracy which is better than specified.

Table 22-17: Voltage rating on BINARY OUT/BINARY IN (CAT III / 300 V)1

Voltage per channel Duty cycle


±300 V DC or AC continuous
±500 V transient peak
1. For limited specifications, see Table 22-21: "Climate" on page 326.

Table 22-18: Current rating on BINARY OUT (CAT III / 300 V)1

Current per channel Duty cycle


24 ARMS DC or AC continuous
40 ARMS AC or 55 Apeak 200 ms on, 5 s off
±85 A transient peak
1. For limited specifications, see Table 22-21: "Climate" on page 326.

Table 22-19: Timing accuracy

Characteristic Rating
Timing accuracy ±1 sample interval ±0.01% rd

OMICRON 325
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 22-20: BINARY IN (CAT III / 300 V)1

Characteristic Rating
Toggling with potential-free (dry) contacts or voltages
Binary input type (wet)
up to 300 V DC
Maximum sample rate 40 kHz
Minimum resolution 25 μs
1. For limited specifications, see Table 22-21: "Climate" on page 326.

All input/output values are guaranteed for one year within the environmental conditions specified in the
following table.

Table 22-21: Climate

Characteristic Rating
Operating –10 ºC…+55 ºC/+14 ºF…+131 ºF
Temperature
Storage –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
2000 m/6550 ft, up to 5000 m/16400 ft with limited
Operating
Max. altitude specifications1
Storage 12 000 m/40 000 ft
1. BINARY OUT (CAT III / 300 V) outputs and BINARY IN (CAT III / 300 V) inputs: from 2000 m/6550 ft to 5000 m/16400 ft
altitude only CAT II compliance or CAT III compliance with half voltage

Table 22-22: Mechanical data

Characteristic Rating
Dimensions (w × h× d) 381 mm × 190 mm × 90 mm/15 inch × 7.5 inch × 3.5 inch
Weight 3.0 kg/6.6 lb

326 OMICRON
Accessories

Table 22-23: Standards conformity

EMC, safety

IEC/EN 61326-1 (industrial electromagnetic environment)


EMC
FCC subpart B of part 15, class A

IEC/EN/UL 61010-1,
Safety
IEC/EN/UL 61010-2-30

Other
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Shock
(15 g/11 ms, half-sinusoid, 3 shocks in each axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Vibration (frequency range 10 Hz…150 Hz, acceleration 2 g continuous
(20 m/s2/65 ft/s2), 20 cycles per axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-78
Humidity (5%…95% relative humidity, no condensation),
tested at 40 ºC/104 ºF for 48 hours

OMICRON 327
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

22.4 EHB1 EtherCAT® hub


22.4.1 Designated use
The EHB1 EtherCAT® hub is a module for connecting OMICRON accessories like the CB MC2, CB TN3
and IOB1 modules to CIBANO 500 EtherCAT® interface.
EtherCAT® connector for EtherCAT® connectors for
connecting the EHB1 to the OUT/IN connecting external
EtherCAT® interface RJ-45 socket accessories like the
of CIBANO 500 or previous EHB1 CB MC2, CB TN3 and
(daisy chain) IOB1 modules or additional
EHB1 hubs

LEDs indicating the


EtherCAT® communication
state

Two green LEDs indicating the EtherCAT® Two LEDs indicating the EHB1 state.
state. READY is on: The EHB1 is ready for operation.
RUN: Signals the state of the EtherCAT® READY is flashing and TEMP. is on: Signals the
state machine. EHB1 over temperature.
L/A: Signals the state of the physical link
and activity on this link.
LEDs with the same functionality are also
on the side panel of CIBANO 500 (see
3.2.2 "Side panel" on page 18.)

Figure 22-9: Front view of the EHB1 EtherCAT® hub

328 OMICRON
Accessories

22.4.2 Technical data

Table 22-24: EHB1 communication specifications

Characteristic Rating
Output
Number of channels 4
Devices per channel 1×CB MC2, 1×CB TN3 or 1×IOB1
Max. cable length 50 m/164 ft
Input
Number of channels 1
Interface
Communication EtherCAT®
protocol
Connector type RJ-45

Table 22-25: Power supply specifications

Characteristic Rating
Nominal 100 V…240 V AC
Voltage
Permitted 85 V…264 V AC
Current Maximal 2.5 A
Nominal 50 Hz/60 Hz
Frequency
Permitted 45 Hz…65 Hz
Connector type IEC320/C14, 1 phase

Table 22-26: Climate

Characteristic Rating
Operating –10 ºC…+55 ºC/+14 ºF…+131 ºF
Temperature
Storage –30 ºC…+70 ºC/–22 ºF…+158 ºF
Operating 5 000 m/16 400 ft
Max. altitude
Storage 12 000 m/40 000 ft

Table 22-27: Mechanical data

Characteristic Rating
Dimensions (w × h× d) 265 mm × 80 mm × 180 mm/10.4 inch × 3.1 inch × 7.1 inch
Weight 1.8 kg/4.0 lb

OMICRON 329
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

Table 22-28: Standards conformity

EMC, safety

IEC/EN 61326-1 (industrial electromagnetic environment)


EMC
FCC subpart B of part 15, class A

Safety IEC/EN/UL 61010-1

Other
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Shock
(15 g/11 ms, half-sinusoid, 3 shocks in each axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Vibration (frequency range 10 Hz…150 Hz, acceleration 2 g continuous
(20 m/s2/65 ft/s2), 20 cycles per axis)
IEC/EN 60068-2-78
Humidity (5%…95% relative humidity, no condensation),
tested at 40 ºC/104 ºF for 48 hours

330 OMICRON
Accessories

22.5 Current sensor


22.5.1 Designated use
The current sensor is used to measure the operating times on both-side grounded gas insulated
switchgears (GIS) with grounding switches. During the dedicated Timing (CSM) test (see 17.3.5 "Timing
(CSM) test" on page 226) the sensor detects the change of current flow through the measured ground
connection of the grounding switch. The current sensor is only intended to be used with the CIBANO 500
test system.

Figure 22-10: Current sensor

22.5.2 Technical data

Table 22-29: Current sensor specifications

Characteristic Rating
Primary nominal RMS 2.000 A
current
IP class IP 2X

OMICRON 331
CIBANO 500 PTM User Manual

23 Software license information


Parts of the CIBANO 500 software are under OMICRON license, other parts are under open source
software licenses.
The following OMICRON licenses are available for activating the corresponding tests and software
features:
• First Trip
• Timing (VTM)
• Timing
• Dynamic Contact Resistance
• Current Sensor Measurement
• Contact Resistance
• Minimum Pickup
• Motor Current
• Current clamp
• Motion
• Demagnetization

23.1 Manage OMICRON licenses


To manage the OMICRON licenses for a CIBANO 500 device:
1. Double-click the OMICRON Devices icon on the desktop.
2. In the OMICRON Devices window, right-click the CIBANO 500 device in the list, and then click
Upgrade device to open the CIBANO 500 device website.
3. On the navigation bar, click the flag representing the language you want to use.
4. On the navigation bar, click License to display the list of available licenses.

23.2 Upload a license file


To upload a license file:
1. On the CIBANO 500 device website, click Select file.
2. In the Choose File to Upload window, browse to the license file you want to upload.
3. On the device website, click Start upload.

23.3 Read the open source licensing information


For the complete open source licensing information:
1. Open the CIBANO 500 device website.
2. On the navigation bar, click About, and then click Manifest.
The open source code is available at www.omicronenergy.com/opensource.

332 OMICRON
Support

Support
When you are working with our products we want to provide you with the greatest
possible benefits. If you need any support, we are here to assist you!

24/7 Technical support – get support


www.omicronenergy.com/support
At our technical support hotline, you can reach well-educated technicians for all
of your questions. Around the clock – competent and free of charge.
Make use of our 24/7 technical support hotlines:
Americas: +1 713 830-4660 or +1 800-OMICRON
Asia-Pacific: +852 3767 5500
Europe / Middle East / Africa: +43 59495 4444
Additionally, you can find our Service Center or Sales Partner closest to you at
www.omicronenergy.com.

Customer Portal – stay informed


www.omicronenergy.com/customer
The Customer Portal on our website is an international knowledge exchange
platform. Download the latest software updates for all products and share your
own experiences in our user forum.
Browse through the knowledge library and find application notes, conference
papers, articles about daily working experiences, user manuals and much more.

OMICRON Academy – learn more


www.omicronenergy.com/academy
Learn more about your product in one of the training courses offered by the
OMICRON Academy.

OMICRON electronics GmbH, Oberes Ried 1, 6833 Klaus, Austria, +43 59495

OMICRON 333
ENU 1007 05 09

You might also like